"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/de.po" (19 Feb 2021, 863637 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
    2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
    3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
    4 #
    5 # Translators:
    6 # Chris Leick <c.leick@vollbio.de>, 2013
    7 # Fabian Affolter <fab@fedoraproject.org>, 2011
    8 # Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2014
    9 msgid ""
   10 msgstr ""
   11 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
   12 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
   13 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
   14 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-02 14:40+0000\n"
   15 "Last-Translator: Sumit Bose <sbose@redhat.com>\n"
   16 "Language-Team: German <https://translate.fedoraproject.org/projects/sssd/"
   17 "sssd-manpage-master/de/>\n"
   18 "Language: de\n"
   19 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   20 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   21 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   22 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
   23 "X-Generator: Weblate 4.4.2\n"
   24 
   25 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   26 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   27 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   28 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   29 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   30 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   31 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   32 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   33 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   34 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   35 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   36 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   37 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   38 msgstr "SSSD-Handbuchseiten"
   39 
   40 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   41 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   42 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   43 msgstr "sss_groupmod"
   44 
   45 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   46 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   47 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   48 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   49 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   50 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   51 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   52 msgid "8"
   53 msgstr "8"
   54 
   55 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   56 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   57 msgid "modify a group"
   58 msgstr "Ändern einer Gruppe"
   59 
   60 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   61 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   62 msgid ""
   63 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   64 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   65 "arg>"
   66 msgstr ""
   67 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>Optionen</"
   68 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GRUPPE</replaceable></"
   69 "arg>"
   70 
   71 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   72 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   73 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   74 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   75 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   76 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   77 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   78 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   79 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   80 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   81 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   82 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   83 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   84 msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG"
   85 
   86 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   87 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   88 msgid ""
   89 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   90 "that are specified on the command line."
   91 msgstr ""
   92 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> ändert die Gruppe, um die auf der "
   93 "Befehlszeile angegebenen Änderungen widerzuspiegeln."
   94 
   95 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   96 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
   97 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
   98 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
   99 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
  100 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
  101 msgid "OPTIONS"
  102 msgstr "OPTIONEN"
  103 
  104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  105 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
  106 msgid ""
  107 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  108 "replaceable>"
  109 msgstr ""
  110 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GRUPPEN</"
  111 "replaceable>"
  112 
  113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  114 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  115 msgid ""
  116 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  117 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  118 "a comma separated list of group names."
  119 msgstr ""
  120 "hängt diese Gruppe an die Gruppen an, die durch den Parameter "
  121 "<replaceable>GRUPPEN</replaceable> angegeben wurden. Der Parameter "
  122 "<replaceable>GRUPPEN</replaceable> ist eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste "
  123 "von Gruppennamen."
  124 
  125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  126 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  127 msgid ""
  128 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  129 "replaceable>"
  130 msgstr ""
  131 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GRUPPEN</"
  132 "replaceable>"
  133 
  134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  135 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  136 msgid ""
  137 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  138 "replaceable> parameter."
  139 msgstr ""
  140 "entfernt diese Gruppe von den Gruppen, die durch den Parameter "
  141 "<replaceable>GRUPPEN</replaceable> angegeben wurden."
  142 
  143 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  144 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  145 msgid "sssd.conf"
  146 msgstr "sssd.conf"
  147 
  148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  149 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  150 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  151 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  152 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  153 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  154 msgid "5"
  155 msgstr "5"
  156 
  157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  158 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  159 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  160 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  161 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  162 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  163 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  164 msgstr "Dateiformate und Konventionen"
  165 
  166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  167 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  168 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  169 msgstr "die Konfigurationsdatei für SSSD"
  170 
  171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  172 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  173 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  174 msgstr "DATEIFORMAT"
  175 
  176 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  177 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  178 #, no-wrap
  179 msgid ""
  180 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  181 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  182 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  183 "            "
  184 msgstr ""
  185 
  186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  188 msgid ""
  189 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  190 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  191 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  192 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  193 msgstr ""
  194 "Die Datei hat eine Syntax im Ini-Stil. Sie besteht aus Abschnitten und "
  195 "Parametern. Ein Abschnitt beginnt mit dem Namen des Abschnitts in eckigen "
  196 "Klammern und dauert bis zum Anfang des nächsten Abschnitts. Ein Beispiel "
  197 "eines Abschnitts mit Parametern, die einzelne und mehrere Werte haben: "
  198 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  199 
  200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  202 msgid ""
  203 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  204 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  205 msgstr ""
  206 "Die benutzten Datentypen sind Zeichenkette (keine Anführungszeichen nötig), "
  207 "Ganzzahl und Boolesch (mit den Werten »TRUE« und »FALSE«)."
  208 
  209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  211 msgid ""
  212 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  213 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  214 msgstr ""
  215 
  216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  217 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  218 msgid ""
  219 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  220 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  221 msgstr ""
  222 "Alle Abschnitte können einen optionalen Parameter <replaceable>Beschreibung</"
  223 "replaceable> haben. Er dient nur als Beschriftung eines Abschnitts."
  224 
  225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  227 msgid ""
  228 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  229 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  230 msgstr ""
  231 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> muss eine normale Datei sein, die Root gehört "
  232 "und die nur von Root gelesen oder geschrieben werden darf."
  233 
  234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  236 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  237 msgstr ""
  238 
  239 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  240 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  241 msgid ""
  242 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  243 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  244 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  245 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  246 msgstr ""
  247 
  248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  249 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  250 msgid ""
  251 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  252 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  253 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  254 "to configure SSSD."
  255 msgstr ""
  256 
  257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  259 msgid ""
  260 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  261 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  262 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  263 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  264 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  265 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  266 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  267 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  268 msgstr ""
  269 
  270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  272 msgid ""
  273 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  274 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  275 msgstr ""
  276 
  277 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  278 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  279 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  280 msgstr "ALLGEMEINE OPTIONEN"
  281 
  282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  284 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  285 msgstr ""
  286 "Die folgenden Optionen sind in mehreren Konfigurationsabschnitten verfügbar."
  287 
  288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  290 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  291 msgstr "In allen Abschnitten verfügbare Optionen"
  292 
  293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  295 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  296 msgstr "debug_level (Ganzzahl)"
  297 
  298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  300 msgid "debug (integer)"
  301 msgstr ""
  302 
  303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  305 msgid ""
  306 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  307 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  308 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  309 "used."
  310 msgstr ""
  311 
  312 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  313 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  314 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  315 msgstr "debug_timestamps (Boolesch)"
  316 
  317 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  319 msgid ""
  320 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  321 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  322 msgstr ""
  323 
  324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  326 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  327 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  328 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  329 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  330 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  331 msgid "Default: true"
  332 msgstr "Voreinstellung: »true«"
  333 
  334 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  335 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  336 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  337 msgstr "debug_microseconds (Boolesch)"
  338 
  339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  341 msgid ""
  342 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  343 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  344 msgstr ""
  345 
  346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  348 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  349 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  350 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  351 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  352 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  353 msgid "Default: false"
  354 msgstr "Voreinstellung: »false«"
  355 
  356 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  358 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  359 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  360 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  361 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  362 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  363 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  364 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  365 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  366 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  367 
  368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  369 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  370 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  371 msgstr "In den Abschnitten SERVICE und DOMAIN verwendbare Optionen"
  372 
  373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  374 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  375 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  376 msgstr "timeout (Ganzzahl)"
  377 
  378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  379 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  380 msgid ""
  381 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  382 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  383 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  384 msgstr ""
  385 
  386 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  387 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  389 msgid "Default: 10"
  390 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 10"
  391 
  392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  394 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  395 msgstr "BESONDERE ABSCHNITTE"
  396 
  397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  399 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  400 msgstr "Der Abschnitt [sssd]"
  401 
  402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  404 msgid "Section parameters"
  405 msgstr "Abschnittsparameter"
  406 
  407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  408 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  409 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  410 msgstr "config_file_version (Ganzzahl)"
  411 
  412 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  413 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  414 msgid ""
  415 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  416 "version 2."
  417 msgstr ""
  418 "gibt die Syntax der Konfigurationsdatei an. SSSD 0.6.0 und neuer benutzen "
  419 "Version 2."
  420 
  421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  422 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  423 msgid "services"
  424 msgstr "Dienste"
  425 
  426 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  427 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  428 msgid ""
  429 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  430 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  431 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  432 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  433 msgstr ""
  434 
  435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  437 msgid ""
  438 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  439 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  440 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  441 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  442 msgstr ""
  443 "Unterstützte Dienste sind: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</"
  444 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase "
  445 "condition=\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder"
  446 "\">, pac</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  447 
  448 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  449 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  450 msgid ""
  451 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  452 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  453 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  454 msgstr ""
  455 
  456 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  457 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  458 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  459 msgstr "reconnection_retries (Ganzzahl)"
  460 
  461 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  462 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  463 msgid ""
  464 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  465 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  466 msgstr ""
  467 "Anzahl der Versuche, die ein Dienst unternehmen sollte, um sich erneut zu "
  468 "verbinden, bevor er aufgibt, falls ein Datenanbieter abgestürzt ist oder neu "
  469 "startet."
  470 
  471 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  472 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  473 msgid "Default: 3"
  474 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 3"
  475 
  476 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  477 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  478 msgid "domains"
  479 msgstr "Domains"
  480 
  481 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  482 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  483 msgid ""
  484 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  485 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  486 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  487 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  488 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  489 "is forbidden."
  490 msgstr ""
  491 
  492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  493 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  494 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  495 msgstr "re_expression (Zeichenkette)"
  496 
  497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  499 msgid ""
  500 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  501 "user name and domain into these components."
  502 msgstr ""
  503 "voreingestellter regulärer Ausdruck, der beschreibt, in welche Bestandteile "
  504 "die Zeichenkette mit Benutzernamen und Domain bei der Auswertung zerlegt "
  505 "werden sollen."
  506 
  507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  508 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  509 msgid ""
  510 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  511 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  512 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  513 msgstr ""
  514 
  515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  517 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  518 msgstr "full_name_format (Zeichenkette)"
  519 
  520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  521 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  522 msgid ""
  523 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  524 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  525 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  526 msgstr ""
  527 "ein mit <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  528 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> kompatibles Format, das beschreibt, wie ein voll "
  529 "qualifizierter Name aus den Bestandteilen Benutzername und Domain-Name "
  530 "zusammengestellt wird."
  531 
  532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  533 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  534 msgid "%1$s"
  535 msgstr "%1$s"
  536 
  537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  539 msgid "user name"
  540 msgstr "Benutzername"
  541 
  542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  543 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  544 msgid "%2$s"
  545 msgstr "%2$s"
  546 
  547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  548 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  549 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  550 msgstr "Domain-Name, wie er durch die SSSD-Konfigurationsdatei angegeben wird"
  551 
  552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  554 msgid "%3$s"
  555 msgstr "%3$s"
  556 
  557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  558 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  559 msgid ""
  560 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  561 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  562 msgstr ""
  563 "flacher Name der Domain; meist für Active-Directory-Domains nützlich, sowohl "
  564 "direkt konfiguriert als auch über IPA-Trust"
  565 
  566 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  567 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  568 msgid ""
  569 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  570 "id=\"0\"/>"
  571 msgstr ""
  572 "Die folgenden Erweiterungen werden unterstützt: <placeholder type="
  573 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  574 
  575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  577 msgid ""
  578 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  579 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  580 msgstr ""
  581 
  582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  583 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  584 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  585 msgstr ""
  586 
  587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  589 msgid ""
  590 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  591 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  592 msgstr ""
  593 
  594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  596 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  597 msgstr "try_inotify (Boolesch)"
  598 
  599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  600 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  601 msgid ""
  602 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  603 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  604 "be used."
  605 msgstr ""
  606 
  607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  608 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  609 msgid ""
  610 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  611 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  612 "to 'false'"
  613 msgstr ""
  614 "Es gibt ein paar begrenzte Situationen, in denen wir den Versuch, Inotify zu "
  615 "benutzen, vorzugsweise überspringen sollten. In diesen seltenen Fällen "
  616 "sollte diese Option auf »false« gesetzt werden."
  617 
  618 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  619 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  620 msgid ""
  621 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  622 "platforms."
  623 msgstr ""
  624 "Voreinstellung: »true« auf Plattformen, auf denen Inotify unterstützt wird, "
  625 "»false« auf anderen Plattformen."
  626 
  627 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  628 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  629 msgid ""
  630 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  631 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  632 msgstr ""
  633 "Hinweis: Diese Option wird auf Plattformen, auf denen Inotify nicht "
  634 "verfügbar ist, keine Auswirkungen haben."
  635 
  636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  637 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  638 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  639 msgstr "krb5_rcache_dir (Zeichenkette)"
  640 
  641 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  642 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  643 msgid ""
  644 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  645 "files."
  646 msgstr ""
  647 "Verzeichnis im Dateisystem, in welchem SSSD den Kerberos Replay-Cache ablegt."
  648 
  649 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  650 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  651 msgid ""
  652 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  653 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  654 msgstr ""
  655 "Diese Option akzeptiert einen besonderen Wert, __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__, der "
  656 "SSSD anweisen wird, Libkrb5 die Entscheidung zu überlassen, wo der geeignete "
  657 "Ort für den Replay-Zwischenspeicher ist."
  658 
  659 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  660 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  661 msgid ""
  662 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  663 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  664 msgstr ""
  665 "Voreinstellung: ahängig von der Distribution und zur Bauzeit angegeben "
  666 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__, falls nicht konfiguriert)"
  667 
  668 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  669 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  670 msgid "user (string)"
  671 msgstr ""
  672 
  673 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  674 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  675 msgid ""
  676 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  677 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  678 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  679 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  680 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  681 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  682 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  683 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  684 msgstr ""
  685 
  686 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  687 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  688 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  689 msgstr ""
  690 
  691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  692 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  693 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  694 msgstr "default_domain_suffix (Zeichenkette)"
  695 
  696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  698 msgid ""
  699 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  700 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  701 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  702 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  703 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  704 msgstr ""
  705 "Diese Zeichenkette wird als Standard-Domain-Name für alle Namen ohne einen "
  706 "Domain-Namensbestandteil benutzt. Hauptsächlich wird dies in Umgebungen "
  707 "benutzt, in denen die primäre Domain zur Verwaltung von Rechnerrichtlinien "
  708 "gedacht ist und sich alle Anwender in einer vertrauenswürdigen Domain "
  709 "befinden. Die Option ermöglicht diesen Anwendern die Anmeldung allein mit "
  710 "ihrem Benutzernamen ohne auch eine Domain anzugeben."
  711 
  712 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  713 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  714 msgid ""
  715 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  716 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  717 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  718 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  719 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  720 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  721 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  722 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  723 msgstr ""
  724 
  725 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  726 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  727 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  728 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  729 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  730 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  731 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  732 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  733 msgid "Default: not set"
  734 msgstr "Voreinstellung: nicht gesetzt"
  735 
  736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  737 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  738 msgid "override_space (string)"
  739 msgstr ""
  740 
  741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  742 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  743 msgid ""
  744 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  745 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  746 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  747 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  748 "separator in the shell."
  749 msgstr ""
  750 
  751 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  752 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  753 msgid ""
  754 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  755 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  756 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  757 "of a lookup is undefined."
  758 msgstr ""
  759 
  760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  762 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  763 msgstr ""
  764 
  765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  767 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  768 msgstr ""
  769 
  770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  772 msgid "no_ocsp"
  773 msgstr ""
  774 
  775 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  776 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  777 msgid ""
  778 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  779 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  780 "the client."
  781 msgstr ""
  782 
  783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  785 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  786 msgstr ""
  787 
  788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  789 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  790 msgid ""
  791 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  792 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  793 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  794 msgstr ""
  795 
  796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  797 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  798 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  799 msgstr ""
  800 
  801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  803 msgid ""
  804 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  805 "request. Allowed values are:"
  806 msgstr ""
  807 
  808 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  809 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  810 msgid "sha1"
  811 msgstr ""
  812 
  813 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  814 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  815 msgid "sha256"
  816 msgstr ""
  817 
  818 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  819 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  820 msgid "sha384"
  821 msgstr ""
  822 
  823 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  824 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  825 msgid "sha512"
  826 msgstr ""
  827 
  828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  830 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  831 msgstr ""
  832 
  833 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  834 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  835 msgid "no_verification"
  836 msgstr ""
  837 
  838 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  839 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  840 msgid ""
  841 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  842 "testing."
  843 msgstr ""
  844 
  845 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  846 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  847 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  848 msgstr ""
  849 
  850 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  851 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  852 msgid ""
  853 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  854 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  855 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  856 msgstr ""
  857 
  858 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  859 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  860 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  861 msgstr ""
  862 
  863 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  864 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  865 msgid ""
  866 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  867 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  868 msgstr ""
  869 
  870 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  871 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  872 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  873 msgstr ""
  874 
  875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  877 #, fuzzy
  878 #| msgid ""
  879 #| "Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
  880 #| "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
  881 #| "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
  882 msgid ""
  883 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  884 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  885 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  886 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  887 msgstr ""
  888 "Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie in der Handbuchseite <citerefentry> "
  889 "<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
  890 "citerefentry> beim Parameter »dns_discovery_domain«."
  891 
  892 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  893 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  894 msgid "soft_crl"
  895 msgstr ""
  896 
  897 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  898 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  899 msgid ""
  900 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  901 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  902 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  903 msgstr ""
  904 
  905 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  906 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  907 msgid ""
  908 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  909 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  910 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  911 msgstr ""
  912 
  913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  915 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  916 msgstr ""
  917 
  918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  920 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  921 msgstr ""
  922 
  923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  925 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  926 msgstr ""
  927 
  928 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  929 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  930 msgid ""
  931 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  932 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  933 msgstr ""
  934 
  935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  937 msgid ""
  938 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  939 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  940 msgstr ""
  941 
  942 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  943 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  944 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  945 msgstr ""
  946 
  947 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  948 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  949 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  950 msgstr ""
  951 
  952 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  953 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  954 msgid ""
  955 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  956 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  957 msgstr ""
  958 
  959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  960 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  961 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  962 msgstr ""
  963 
  964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  965 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  966 msgid ""
  967 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  968 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  969 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  970 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  971 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  972 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  973 msgstr ""
  974 
  975 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  976 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
  977 msgid ""
  978 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
  979 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
  980 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
  981 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
  982 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
  983 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
  984 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
  985 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
  986 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
  987 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
  988 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
  989 "usernames may overlap between domains."
  990 msgstr ""
  991 
  992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  993 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
  994 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
  995 msgid "Default: Not set"
  996 msgstr "Voreinstellung: Nicht gesetzt"
  997 
  998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  999 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
 1000 msgid ""
 1001 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
 1002 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
 1003 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
 1004 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
 1005 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
 1006 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1007 msgstr ""
 1008 "Individuelle Teile der SSSD-Funktionalität werden durch spezielle SSSD-"
 1009 "Dienste bereitgestellt, die zusammen mit SSSD gestartet und gestoppt werden. "
 1010 "Die Dienste werden durch einen speziellen Dienst, oft »Monitor« genannt, "
 1011 "verwaltet. Der Abschnitt »[sssd]« wird sowohl zum Konfigurieren des Monitors "
 1012 "als auch einiger anderer wichtiger Optionen wie den »Identity Domains« "
 1013 "verwendet. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1014 
 1015 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 1016 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
 1017 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
 1018 msgstr "DIENSTABSCHNITTE"
 1019 
 1020 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 1021 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
 1022 msgid ""
 1023 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
 1024 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
 1025 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
 1026 "quote>"
 1027 msgstr ""
 1028 "Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt Einstellungen, die zum Konfigurieren mehrerer "
 1029 "unterschiedlicher Dienste benutzt werden. Sie sollten im Abschnitt "
 1030 "[<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] liegen, für den Dienst NSS wäre der "
 1031 "Abschnitt zum Beispiel <quote>[nss]</quote>."
 1032 
 1033 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1034 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
 1035 msgid "General service configuration options"
 1036 msgstr "Allgemeine Optionen zum Konfigurieren von Diensten"
 1037 
 1038 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1039 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
 1040 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
 1041 msgstr "Diese Optionen können zur Konfiguration jedes Dienstes benutzt werden."
 1042 
 1043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1044 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
 1045 msgid "fd_limit"
 1046 msgstr "fd_limit"
 1047 
 1048 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1049 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
 1050 msgid ""
 1051 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
 1052 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
 1053 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
 1054 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
 1055 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
 1056 msgstr ""
 1057 "Diese Option gibt die maximale Anzahl von Dateideskriptoren an, die "
 1058 "gleichzeitig durch diesen SSSD-Prozess geöffnet sein können. Auf Systemen, "
 1059 "auf denen SSSD die Fähigkeit CAP_SYS_RESOURCE gewährt wird, wird dies eine "
 1060 "absolute Einstellung sein. Auf Systemen ohne diese Fähigkeit wird der "
 1061 "resultierende Wert der niedrigere Wert hiervon oder der der »harten« "
 1062 "Begrenzung in der »limit.conf« sein."
 1063 
 1064 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1065 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
 1066 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
 1067 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 8192 (oder die »harte« Begrenzung der »limit.conf«)"
 1068 
 1069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1070 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
 1071 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
 1072 msgstr "client_idle_timeout"
 1073 
 1074 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1075 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
 1076 msgid ""
 1077 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
 1078 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
 1079 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
 1080 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
 1081 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
 1082 msgstr ""
 1083 
 1084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1085 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
 1086 #, fuzzy
 1087 #| msgid "Default: 300"
 1088 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
 1089 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 300"
 1090 
 1091 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1092 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
 1093 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1094 msgstr "offline_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1095 
 1096 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1097 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
 1098 msgid ""
 1099 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1100 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1101 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1102 msgstr ""
 1103 
 1104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1106 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1107 msgstr ""
 1108 
 1109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1111 msgid ""
 1112 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1113 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1114 msgstr ""
 1115 
 1116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1117 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1118 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1119 msgstr ""
 1120 
 1121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1123 msgid ""
 1124 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1125 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1126 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1127 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1128 msgstr ""
 1129 
 1130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1132 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1133 msgid "Default: 60"
 1134 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 60"
 1135 
 1136 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1137 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1138 #, fuzzy
 1139 #| msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1140 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1141 msgstr "offline_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1142 
 1143 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1144 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1145 msgid ""
 1146 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1147 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1148 msgstr ""
 1149 
 1150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1152 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1153 msgstr ""
 1154 
 1155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1156 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1157 msgid ""
 1158 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1159 "parameter value."
 1160 msgstr ""
 1161 
 1162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1163 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1164 msgid ""
 1165 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1166 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1167 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1168 "offline_timeout."
 1169 msgstr ""
 1170 
 1171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1172 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1173 msgid ""
 1174 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1175 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1176 msgstr ""
 1177 
 1178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1179 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1180 #, fuzzy
 1181 #| msgid "Default: 300"
 1182 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1183 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 300"
 1184 
 1185 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1186 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1187 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1188 msgstr ""
 1189 
 1190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1192 msgid ""
 1193 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1194 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1195 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1196 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1197 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1198 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1199 "activated."
 1200 msgstr ""
 1201 
 1202 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1203 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1204 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1205 msgid "Default: 300"
 1206 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 300"
 1207 
 1208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1209 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1210 msgid "cache_first"
 1211 msgstr ""
 1212 
 1213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1215 msgid ""
 1216 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1217 "querying the Data Providers."
 1218 msgstr ""
 1219 
 1220 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1221 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1222 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1223 msgstr "NSS-Konfigurationsoptionen"
 1224 
 1225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1227 msgid ""
 1228 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1229 msgstr ""
 1230 "Diese Optionen können zum Konfigurieren des »Name Service Switch« (NSS) "
 1231 "benutzt werden"
 1232 
 1233 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1234 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1235 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1236 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1237 
 1238 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1239 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1240 msgid ""
 1241 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1242 "all users)"
 1243 msgstr ""
 1244 "Wieviele Sekunden soll »nss_sss« Aufzählungen (Abfragen von Informationen "
 1245 "über alle Nutzer) zwischenspeichern?"
 1246 
 1247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1248 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1249 msgid "Default: 120"
 1250 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 120"
 1251 
 1252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1254 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1255 msgstr "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (Ganzzahl)"
 1256 
 1257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1259 msgid ""
 1260 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1261 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1262 "for the domain."
 1263 msgstr ""
 1264 "Der Eintragszwischenspeicher kann auf automatisch im Hintergrund "
 1265 "aktualisierte Einträge gestellt werden, falls sie jenseits eines "
 1266 "Prozentsatzes des Wertes »entry_cache_timeout« für die Domain abgefragt "
 1267 "werden."
 1268 
 1269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1270 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1271 msgid ""
 1272 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1273 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1274 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1275 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1276 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1277 msgstr ""
 1278 "Falls zum Beispiel die Zeitüberschreitung für den Eintragszwischenspeicher "
 1279 "der Domain auf 30s und »entry_cache_nowait_percentage« auf 50 Prozent "
 1280 "gesetzt wurde, werden Einträge, die in den letzten 15 Sekunden nach der "
 1281 "letzen Zwischenspeicheraktualisierung hereinkamen, sofort zurückgegeben, "
 1282 "SSSD wird aber den Zwischenspeicher selbst aktualisieren, so dass zukünftige "
 1283 "Abfragen nicht blockiert werden müssen, um auf eine "
 1284 "Zwischenspeicheraktualisierung zu warten."
 1285 
 1286 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1287 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1288 msgid ""
 1289 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1290 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1291 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1292 "disables this feature)"
 1293 msgstr ""
 1294 "Gültige Werte für diese Option sind 0-99. Sie geben die Prozentzahl des "
 1295 "»entry_cache_timeout« für jede Domain an. Aus Leistungsgründen wird diese "
 1296 "Prozentzahl die »nowait«-Zeitüberschreitung nie auf weniger als zehn "
 1297 "Sekunden senken. (0 schaltet diese Funktionalität aus.)"
 1298 
 1299 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1300 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1301 msgid "Default: 50"
 1302 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 50"
 1303 
 1304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1305 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1306 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1307 msgstr "entry_negative_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1308 
 1309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1310 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1311 msgid ""
 1312 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1313 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1314 "before asking the back end again."
 1315 msgstr ""
 1316 "gibt an, für wie viele Sekunden lang »nss_sss« negative "
 1317 "Zwischenspeichertreffer zwischenspeichern soll (das heißt, Abfragen "
 1318 "ungültiger Datenbankeinträge, wie solche, die nicht existieren), bevor das "
 1319 "Backend erneut gefragt wird)."
 1320 
 1321 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1322 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1323 msgid "Default: 15"
 1324 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 15"
 1325 
 1326 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1327 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1328 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1329 msgstr ""
 1330 
 1331 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1332 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1333 msgid ""
 1334 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1335 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1336 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1337 msgstr ""
 1338 
 1339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1341 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1342 msgstr ""
 1343 
 1344 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1345 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1346 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1347 msgstr "filter_users, filter_groups (Zeichenkette)"
 1348 
 1349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1350 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1351 msgid ""
 1352 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1353 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1354 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1355 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1356 msgstr ""
 1357 
 1358 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1359 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1360 msgid ""
 1361 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1362 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1363 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1364 "member users of the latter listed."
 1365 msgstr ""
 1366 
 1367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1368 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1369 msgid "Default: root"
 1370 msgstr "Voreinstellung: root"
 1371 
 1372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1373 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1374 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1375 msgstr "filter_users_in_groups (Boolesch)"
 1376 
 1377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1379 msgid ""
 1380 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1381 msgstr ""
 1382 "Falls Sie möchten, dass gefilterte Nutzer weiterhin Gruppenmitglieder sind, "
 1383 "setzen Sie diese Option auf »false«."
 1384 
 1385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1387 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1388 msgstr "fallback_homedir (Zeichenkette)"
 1389 
 1390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1392 msgid ""
 1393 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1394 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1395 msgstr ""
 1396 "setzt eine Standardschablone für das Home-Verzeichnis eines Nutzers, falls "
 1397 "es nicht explizit durch den Datenanbieter der Domain angegeben wurde."
 1398 
 1399 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1400 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1401 msgid ""
 1402 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1403 msgstr ""
 1404 "Die für diese Option verfügbaren Werte sind dieselben wie für "
 1405 "»override_homedir«."
 1406 
 1407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1408 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1409 #, no-wrap
 1410 msgid ""
 1411 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1412 "                            "
 1413 msgstr ""
 1414 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1415 "                            "
 1416 
 1417 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1418 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1419 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1420 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1421 msgstr "Beispiel: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1422 
 1423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1425 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1426 msgstr ""
 1427 "Voreinstellung: nicht gesetzt (kein Ersetzen nicht gesetzter Home-"
 1428 "Verzeichnisse)"
 1429 
 1430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1432 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1433 msgstr "override_shell (Zeichenkette)"
 1434 
 1435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1437 msgid ""
 1438 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1439 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1440 "or per-domain."
 1441 msgstr ""
 1442 "Setzt die Anmeldeshell für alle Benutzer außer Kraft. Diese Option genießt "
 1443 "Vorrecht vor allen anderen Shell-Optionen, falls sie Wirkung zeigt und kann "
 1444 "entweder im Abschnitt [nss] oder für jede Domain gesetzt werden."
 1445 
 1446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1447 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1448 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1449 msgstr ""
 1450 "Voreinstellung: nicht gesetzt (SSSD wird den von LDAP erhaltenen Wert "
 1451 "benutzen)"
 1452 
 1453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1455 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1456 msgstr "allowed_shells (Zeichenkette)"
 1457 
 1458 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1459 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1460 msgid ""
 1461 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1462 msgstr ""
 1463 "beschränkt die Shell des Nutzers auf eine der aufgeführten Werte. Die "
 1464 "Reihenfolge der Auswertung ist:"
 1465 
 1466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1468 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1469 msgstr "1. Falls die Shell in »/etc/shells« vorhanden ist, wird sie benutzt."
 1470 
 1471 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1472 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1473 msgid ""
 1474 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1475 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1476 msgstr ""
 1477 "2. Falls die Shell in der Liste »allowed_shells«, aber nicht in »/etc/"
 1478 "shells« steht, wird der Wert des Parameters »shell_fallback« verwendet."
 1479 
 1480 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1481 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1482 msgid ""
 1483 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1484 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1485 msgstr ""
 1486 "3. Falls die Shell weder in der Liste »allowed_shells« noch in »/etc/shells« "
 1487 "steht, wird eine Nicht-Login-Shell benutzt."
 1488 
 1489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1491 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1492 msgstr ""
 1493 
 1494 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1495 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1496 msgid ""
 1497 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1498 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1499 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1500 msgstr ""
 1501 
 1502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1504 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1505 msgstr ""
 1506 "Eine leere Zeichenkette als Shell wird, so wie sie ist, an Libc übergeben."
 1507 
 1508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1509 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1510 msgid ""
 1511 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1512 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1513 msgstr ""
 1514 "»/etc/shells« wird nur beim Start von SSSD gelesen. Das bedeutet, dass im "
 1515 "Fall einer neu installierten Shell ein Neustart von SSSD nötig ist."
 1516 
 1517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1518 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1519 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1520 msgstr ""
 1521 "Voreinstellung: nicht gesetzt. Die Benutzer-Shell wird automatisch verwendet."
 1522 
 1523 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1524 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1525 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1526 msgstr "vetoed_shells (Zeichenkette)"
 1527 
 1528 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1529 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1530 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1531 msgstr "ersetzt jedwede Instanz dieser Shells durch die aus »shell_fallback«."
 1532 
 1533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1534 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1535 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1536 msgstr "shell_fallback (Zeichenkette)"
 1537 
 1538 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1539 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1540 msgid ""
 1541 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1542 msgstr ""
 1543 "Die Standard-Shell, die benutzt werden soll, falls eine erlaubte Shell nicht "
 1544 "auf dem Rechner installiert ist."
 1545 
 1546 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1547 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1548 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1549 msgstr "Voreinstellung: /bin/sh"
 1550 
 1551 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1552 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1553 msgid "default_shell"
 1554 msgstr "default_shell"
 1555 
 1556 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1557 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1558 msgid ""
 1559 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1560 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1561 msgstr ""
 1562 "Die zu verwendende Vorgabeshell, falls der Anbieter während des Suchvorgangs "
 1563 "nichts zurückgibt. Diese Option kann entweder im Abschnitt [nss] oder für "
 1564 "jede Domain gesetzt werden."
 1565 
 1566 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1567 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1568 msgid ""
 1569 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1570 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1571 msgstr ""
 1572 "Voreinstellung: nicht gesetzt (Falls keine Shell angegeben wurde, wird NULL "
 1573 "zurückgegeben und darauf vertraut, dass Libc es, wenn nötig, durch etwas "
 1574 "Vernünftiges, üblicherweise /bin/sh, ersetzt.)"
 1575 
 1576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1577 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1578 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1579 msgstr "get_domains_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1580 
 1581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1583 msgid ""
 1584 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1585 "considered valid."
 1586 msgstr ""
 1587 "gibt die Zeit in Sekunden an, während der die Liste der Subdomains als "
 1588 "gültig erachtet wird."
 1589 
 1590 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1591 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1592 #, fuzzy
 1593 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1594 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1595 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1596 
 1597 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1598 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1599 msgid ""
 1600 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1601 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1602 msgstr ""
 1603 
 1604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1605 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1606 msgid ""
 1607 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1608 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1609 msgstr ""
 1610 
 1611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1612 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1613 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1614 msgid ""
 1615 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1616 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1617 msgstr ""
 1618 
 1619 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1620 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1621 #, fuzzy
 1622 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1623 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1624 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1625 
 1626 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1627 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1628 msgid ""
 1629 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1630 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1631 "memory cache."
 1632 msgstr ""
 1633 
 1634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1636 msgid "Default: 8"
 1637 msgstr ""
 1638 
 1639 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1640 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1641 msgid ""
 1642 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1643 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1644 msgstr ""
 1645 
 1646 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1647 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1648 #, fuzzy
 1649 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1650 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1651 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1652 
 1653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1655 msgid ""
 1656 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1657 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1658 "cache."
 1659 msgstr ""
 1660 
 1661 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1662 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1663 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1664 msgid "Default: 6"
 1665 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 6"
 1666 
 1667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1669 #, fuzzy
 1670 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1671 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1672 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1673 
 1674 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1675 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1676 msgid ""
 1677 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1678 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1679 "in-memory cache."
 1680 msgstr ""
 1681 
 1682 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1683 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1684 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1685 msgstr "user_attributes (Zeichenkette)"
 1686 
 1687 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1688 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1689 msgid ""
 1690 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1691 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1692 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1693 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1694 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1695 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1696 msgstr ""
 1697 
 1698 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1699 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1700 msgid ""
 1701 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1702 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1703 msgstr ""
 1704 
 1705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1706 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1707 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1708 msgstr ""
 1709 
 1710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1711 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1712 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1713 msgstr ""
 1714 
 1715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1716 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1717 msgid ""
 1718 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1719 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1720 msgstr ""
 1721 
 1722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1724 #, fuzzy
 1725 #| msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 1726 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1727 msgstr "Voreinstellung: »permit«"
 1728 
 1729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1730 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1731 #, fuzzy
 1732 #| msgid "This option can also be set per-domain."
 1733 msgid ""
 1734 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1735 "[nss] section."
 1736 msgstr "Diese Option kann auch pro Domain gesetzt werden."
 1737 
 1738 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1739 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1740 msgid ""
 1741 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1742 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1743 "shadowutils target)"
 1744 msgstr ""
 1745 
 1746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1748 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1749 msgstr "PAM-Konfigurationsoptionen"
 1750 
 1751 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1752 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1753 msgid ""
 1754 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1755 "(PAM) service."
 1756 msgstr ""
 1757 "Diese Optionen können benutzt werden, um den Dienst »Pluggable "
 1758 "Authentication Module« (PAM) einzurichten."
 1759 
 1760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1762 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1763 msgstr "offline_credentials_expiration (Ganzzahl)"
 1764 
 1765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1767 msgid ""
 1768 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1769 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1770 msgstr ""
 1771 "Wie lange sollen zwischengespeicherte Anmeldungen erlaubt werden, falls der "
 1772 "Authentifizierungsanbieter offline ist (in Tagen seit der letzten "
 1773 "erfolgreichen Anmeldung)?"
 1774 
 1775 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1776 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1777 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1778 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 0 (unbegrenzt)"
 1779 
 1780 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1781 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1782 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1783 msgstr "offline_failed_login_attempts (Ganzzahl)"
 1784 
 1785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1786 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1787 msgid ""
 1788 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1789 "are allowed."
 1790 msgstr ""
 1791 "Wieviele fehlgeschlagene Anmeldeversuche sind erlaubt, falls der "
 1792 "Authentifizierungsanbieter offline ist?"
 1793 
 1794 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1795 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1796 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1797 msgstr "offline_failed_login_delay (Ganzzahl)"
 1798 
 1799 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1800 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1801 msgid ""
 1802 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1803 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1804 msgstr ""
 1805 "die Zeit in Minuten, die nach dem Erreichen von "
 1806 "»offline_failed_login_attempts« vergehen muss, bevor ein neuer "
 1807 "Anmeldeversuch möglich ist."
 1808 
 1809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1811 msgid ""
 1812 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1813 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1814 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1815 msgstr ""
 1816 "Falls dies auf 0 gesetzt ist, kann der Benutzer sich nicht offline "
 1817 "authentifizieren, wenn »offline_failed_login_attempts« erreicht wurde. Nur "
 1818 "eine erfolgreiche Online-Authentifizierung kann die Offline-"
 1819 "Authentifizierung reaktivieren."
 1820 
 1821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1822 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1823 msgid "Default: 5"
 1824 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 5"
 1825 
 1826 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1827 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1828 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1829 msgstr "pam_verbosity (Ganzzahl)"
 1830 
 1831 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1832 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1833 msgid ""
 1834 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1835 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1836 msgstr ""
 1837 "steuert, welche Arten von Nachrichten während der Benutzerauthentifizierung "
 1838 "angezeigt werden. Je höher die Zahl, desto mehr Nachrichten werden angezeigt."
 1839 
 1840 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1841 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1842 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1843 msgstr "Derzeit unterstützt SSSD folgende Werte:"
 1844 
 1845 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1846 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1847 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1848 msgstr "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: keine Nachricht anzeigen"
 1849 
 1850 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1851 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1852 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1853 msgstr "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: nur wichtige Nachrichten anzeigen"
 1854 
 1855 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1856 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1857 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1858 msgstr "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: nur informative Nachrichten anzeigen"
 1859 
 1860 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1861 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1862 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1863 msgstr ""
 1864 "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: alle Nachrichten und Debug-Informationen anzeigen"
 1865 
 1866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1868 msgid "Default: 1"
 1869 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 1"
 1870 
 1871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1873 #, fuzzy
 1874 #| msgid "ad_access_filter (string)"
 1875 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1876 msgstr "ad_access_filter (Zeichenkette)"
 1877 
 1878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1879 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1880 msgid ""
 1881 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1882 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1883 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1884 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1885 msgstr ""
 1886 
 1887 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1888 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1889 msgid ""
 1890 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1891 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1892 msgstr ""
 1893 
 1894 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1895 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1896 msgid "ENV"
 1897 msgstr ""
 1898 
 1899 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1900 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1901 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1902 msgstr ""
 1903 
 1904 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1905 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1906 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1907 msgstr ""
 1908 
 1909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1910 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1911 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1912 msgstr ""
 1913 
 1914 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1915 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1916 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1917 msgstr ""
 1918 
 1919 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1920 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1921 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1922 msgstr ""
 1923 
 1924 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1925 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1926 msgid ""
 1927 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1928 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1929 msgstr ""
 1930 
 1931 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1932 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1933 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1934 msgstr ""
 1935 
 1936 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1937 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1938 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1939 msgstr "pam_id_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 1940 
 1941 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1942 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1943 msgid ""
 1944 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1945 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1946 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1947 msgstr ""
 1948 "Für alle PAM-Anfragen, während SSSD online ist, wird SSSD versuchen, sofort "
 1949 "die zwischengespeicherten Identitätsinformationen für den Benutzer zu "
 1950 "aktualisieren. Dadurch wird sichergestellt, dass die Authentifizierung mit "
 1951 "den neusten Informationen erfolgt."
 1952 
 1953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1955 msgid ""
 1956 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1957 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1958 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1959 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1960 msgstr ""
 1961 "Eine vollständige PAM-Konversation kann mehrere PAM-Abfragen durchführen, "
 1962 "wie die Kontenverwaltung und das Öffnen von Sitzungen. Diese Option steuert "
 1963 "(auf Basis von Client-Anwendungen) wie lange (in Sekunden) die "
 1964 "Identitätsinformationen zwischengespeichert werden können, um übermäßig "
 1965 "viele Abfragen der Identitätsanbieter zu vermeiden."
 1966 
 1967 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1968 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 1969 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 1970 msgstr "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (Ganzzahl)"
 1971 
 1972 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1973 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 1974 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 1975 msgstr "zeigt N Tage vor Ablauf des Passworts eine Warnung an."
 1976 
 1977 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1978 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 1979 msgid ""
 1980 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 1981 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 1982 "cannot display a warning."
 1983 msgstr ""
 1984 "Bitte beachten Sie, dass der Backend-Server Informationen über die "
 1985 "Ablaufzeit des Passworts bereitstellen muss. Fehlt diese Information, kann "
 1986 "SSSD keine Warnung anzeigen."
 1987 
 1988 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1989 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 1990 msgid ""
 1991 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 1992 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 1993 msgstr ""
 1994 "Falls dies auf Null gesetzt ist, wird dieser Filter nicht angewendet, d.h., "
 1995 "falls die Ablaufwarnung vom Backend-Server empfangen wurde, wird sie "
 1996 "automatisch angezeigt."
 1997 
 1998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1999 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 2000 msgid ""
 2001 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 2002 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 2003 msgstr ""
 2004 "Diese Einstellung kann durch Setzen von <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 2005 "emphasis> für eine bestimmte Domain außer Kraft gesetzt werden."
 2006 
 2007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2008 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 2009 msgid "Default: 0"
 2010 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 0"
 2011 
 2012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2013 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 2014 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 2015 msgstr ""
 2016 
 2017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 2019 msgid ""
 2020 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2021 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 2022 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 2023 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2024 "startup."
 2025 msgstr ""
 2026 
 2027 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2028 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 2029 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 2030 msgstr ""
 2031 
 2032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 2034 msgid ""
 2035 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 2036 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 2037 msgstr ""
 2038 
 2039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2040 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 2041 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 2042 msgstr ""
 2043 
 2044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 2046 msgid ""
 2047 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 2048 "to untrusted users."
 2049 msgstr ""
 2050 
 2051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2052 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 2053 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 2054 msgstr ""
 2055 
 2056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 2058 msgid ""
 2059 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 2060 msgstr ""
 2061 
 2062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 2064 msgid ""
 2065 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 2066 "responder.)"
 2067 msgstr ""
 2068 
 2069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2070 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 2071 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 2072 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 2073 msgid "Default: none"
 2074 msgstr "Voreinstellung: none"
 2075 
 2076 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2077 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 2078 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 2079 msgstr ""
 2080 
 2081 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2082 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 2083 msgid ""
 2084 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 2085 "'Permission denied' message."
 2086 msgstr ""
 2087 
 2088 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2089 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 2090 msgid ""
 2091 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 2092 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 2093 msgstr ""
 2094 
 2095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2096 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 2097 #, no-wrap
 2098 msgid ""
 2099 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 2100 "                            "
 2101 msgstr ""
 2102 
 2103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2104 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 2105 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 2106 msgstr ""
 2107 
 2108 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2109 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 2110 msgid ""
 2111 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 2112 "denied' message."
 2113 msgstr ""
 2114 
 2115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2116 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 2117 #, no-wrap
 2118 msgid ""
 2119 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 2120 "                            "
 2121 msgstr ""
 2122 
 2123 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2124 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 2125 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 2126 msgstr ""
 2127 
 2128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2129 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 2130 msgid ""
 2131 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 2132 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 2133 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 2134 msgstr ""
 2135 
 2136 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2137 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 2138 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 2139 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 2140 msgid "Default: False"
 2141 msgstr "Voreinstellung: False"
 2142 
 2143 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2144 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 2145 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 2146 msgstr ""
 2147 
 2148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2149 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 2150 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 2151 msgstr ""
 2152 
 2153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 2155 msgid "Default:"
 2156 msgstr ""
 2157 
 2158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 2160 msgid ""
 2161 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 2162 "certificates in PEM format)"
 2163 msgstr ""
 2164 
 2165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 2167 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 2168 msgstr ""
 2169 
 2170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2171 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 2172 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 2173 msgstr ""
 2174 
 2175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2176 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 2177 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 2178 msgstr ""
 2179 
 2180 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2181 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 2182 msgid ""
 2183 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 2184 "<quote>application</quote>"
 2185 msgstr ""
 2186 
 2187 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2188 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 2189 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 2190 msgstr ""
 2191 
 2192 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2193 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 2194 msgid ""
 2195 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 2196 "use Smartcards."
 2197 msgstr ""
 2198 
 2199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 2201 #, no-wrap
 2202 msgid ""
 2203 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 2204 "                            "
 2205 msgstr ""
 2206 
 2207 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2208 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2209 msgid ""
 2210 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2211 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2212 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2213 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2214 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2215 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2216 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2217 msgstr ""
 2218 
 2219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2221 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2222 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2223 msgstr ""
 2224 
 2225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2227 msgid "login"
 2228 msgstr ""
 2229 
 2230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2231 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2232 msgid "su"
 2233 msgstr ""
 2234 
 2235 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2236 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2237 msgid "su-l"
 2238 msgstr ""
 2239 
 2240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2241 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2242 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2243 msgstr ""
 2244 
 2245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2247 msgid "gdm-password"
 2248 msgstr ""
 2249 
 2250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2251 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2252 msgid "kdm"
 2253 msgstr ""
 2254 
 2255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2256 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2257 msgid "sudo"
 2258 msgstr ""
 2259 
 2260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2261 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2262 msgid "sudo-i"
 2263 msgstr ""
 2264 
 2265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2266 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2267 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2268 msgstr ""
 2269 
 2270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2272 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2273 msgstr ""
 2274 
 2275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2277 msgid ""
 2278 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2279 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2280 "inserted."
 2281 msgstr ""
 2282 
 2283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2285 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2286 msgstr ""
 2287 
 2288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2290 msgid ""
 2291 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2292 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2293 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2294 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2295 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2296 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2297 msgstr ""
 2298 
 2299 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2300 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2301 #, no-wrap
 2302 msgid ""
 2303 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2304 "                            "
 2305 msgstr ""
 2306 
 2307 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2308 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2309 #, no-wrap
 2310 msgid ""
 2311 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2312 "                            "
 2313 msgstr ""
 2314 
 2315 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2316 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2317 msgid ""
 2318 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2319 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2320 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2321 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2322 msgstr ""
 2323 
 2324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2326 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2327 msgstr ""
 2328 
 2329 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2330 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2331 msgid "always"
 2332 msgstr ""
 2333 
 2334 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2335 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2336 msgid ""
 2337 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2338 msgstr ""
 2339 
 2340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2341 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2342 msgid "no_session"
 2343 msgstr ""
 2344 
 2345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2346 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2347 msgid ""
 2348 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2349 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2350 msgstr ""
 2351 
 2352 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2353 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2354 msgid "never"
 2355 msgstr ""
 2356 
 2357 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2358 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2359 msgid ""
 2360 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2361 "are not expired"
 2362 msgstr ""
 2363 
 2364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2366 msgid ""
 2367 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2368 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2369 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2370 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2371 msgstr ""
 2372 
 2373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2374 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2375 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2376 msgstr ""
 2377 
 2378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2379 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2380 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2381 msgstr ""
 2382 
 2383 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2384 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2385 #, fuzzy
 2386 #| msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
 2387 msgid ""
 2388 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2389 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2390 msgstr "Durch Kommata getrennte Liste von Benutzern, die sich anmelden dürfen."
 2391 
 2392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2394 msgid ""
 2395 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2396 msgstr ""
 2397 
 2398 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2399 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2400 msgid ""
 2401 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2402 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2403 "value in the domain section."
 2404 msgstr ""
 2405 
 2406 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2407 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2408 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 2409 #| msgid ""
 2410 #| "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 2411 #| "                            "
 2412 msgid ""
 2413 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2414 "                            "
 2415 msgstr ""
 2416 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 2417 "                            "
 2418 
 2419 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2420 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2421 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2422 msgstr ""
 2423 
 2424 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2425 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2426 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2427 msgstr ""
 2428 
 2429 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2430 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2431 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2432 msgstr ""
 2433 
 2434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2435 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2436 msgid ""
 2437 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2438 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2439 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2440 msgstr ""
 2441 
 2442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2444 msgid ""
 2445 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2446 "be authenticated."
 2447 msgstr ""
 2448 
 2449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2451 msgid "Default: True"
 2452 msgstr "Voreinstellung: True"
 2453 
 2454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2455 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2456 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2457 msgstr ""
 2458 
 2459 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2460 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2461 msgid ""
 2462 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2463 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2464 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2465 msgstr ""
 2466 
 2467 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2468 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2469 msgid ""
 2470 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2471 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2472 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2473 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2474 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2475 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2476 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2477 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2478 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2479 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2480 msgstr ""
 2481 
 2482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2483 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2484 msgid ""
 2485 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2486 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2487 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2488 msgstr ""
 2489 
 2490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2492 msgid ""
 2493 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2494 "deployments:"
 2495 msgstr ""
 2496 
 2497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2499 msgid ""
 2500 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2501 "files or on smart cards."
 2502 msgstr ""
 2503 
 2504 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2505 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2506 msgid ""
 2507 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2508 "FAST channel."
 2509 msgstr ""
 2510 
 2511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2513 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2514 msgstr ""
 2515 
 2516 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2517 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2518 msgid ""
 2519 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2520 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2521 msgstr ""
 2522 
 2523 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2524 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2525 #, no-wrap
 2526 msgid ""
 2527 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2528 "                            "
 2529 msgstr ""
 2530 
 2531 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2532 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2533 msgid ""
 2534 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2535 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2536 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2537 msgstr ""
 2538 
 2539 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2540 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2541 #, fuzzy
 2542 #| msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 2543 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2544 msgstr ""
 2545 "Voreinstellung: nicht gesetzt (kein Ersetzen nicht gesetzter Home-"
 2546 "Verzeichnisse)"
 2547 
 2548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2549 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2550 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2551 msgstr "Sudo-Konfigurationsoptionen"
 2552 
 2553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2555 msgid ""
 2556 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2557 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2558 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2559 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2560 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2561 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2562 msgstr ""
 2563 "Diese Optionen können zur Konfiguration des Sudo-Dienstes verwendet werden. "
 2564 "Detaillierte Informationen zur Konfiguration von <citerefentry> "
 2565 "<refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> "
 2566 "zur Verwendung mit <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
 2567 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> finden Sie in der Handbuchseite zu "
 2568 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 2569 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2570 
 2571 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2572 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2573 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2574 msgstr "sudo_timed (Boolesch)"
 2575 
 2576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2577 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2578 msgid ""
 2579 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2580 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2581 msgstr ""
 2582 "bestimmt, ob die Attribute »sudoNotBefore« und »sudoNotAfter«, die "
 2583 "zeitabhängige »sudoers«-Einträge implementieren, ausgewertet werden oder "
 2584 "nicht."
 2585 
 2586 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2587 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2588 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2589 msgstr ""
 2590 
 2591 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2592 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2593 msgid ""
 2594 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2595 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2596 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2597 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2598 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2599 msgstr ""
 2600 
 2601 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2602 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2603 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2604 msgstr "AUTOFS-Konfigurationsoptionen"
 2605 
 2606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2607 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2608 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2609 msgstr ""
 2610 "Diese Optionen können zum Konfigurieren des Dienstes »autofs« benutzt werden."
 2611 
 2612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2613 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2614 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2615 msgstr "autofs_negative_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 2616 
 2617 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2618 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2619 msgid ""
 2620 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2621 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2622 "before asking the back end again."
 2623 msgstr ""
 2624 "gibt an, wie viele Sekunden der Autofs-Responder negative Treffer "
 2625 "zwischenspeichert (das bedeutet, Abfragen ungültiger Abbildeinträge, wie "
 2626 "nicht existierende), bevor das Backend erneut befragt wird."
 2627 
 2628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2629 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2630 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2631 msgstr "SSH-Konfigurationsoptionen"
 2632 
 2633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2635 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2636 msgstr ""
 2637 "Diese Optionen können zum Konfigurieren des SSH-Dienstes benutzt werden."
 2638 
 2639 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2640 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2641 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2642 msgstr "ssh_hash_known_hosts (Boolesch)"
 2643 
 2644 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2645 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2646 msgid ""
 2647 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2648 "file."
 2649 msgstr ""
 2650 "bestimmt, ob Rechnernamen und Adressen in der verwalteten Datei "
 2651 "»known_hosts« zusammengemischt werden oder nicht."
 2652 
 2653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2655 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2656 msgstr "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 2657 
 2658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2660 msgid ""
 2661 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2662 "host keys were requested."
 2663 msgstr ""
 2664 "bestimmt, wie viele Sekunden lang ein Rechner in der verwalteten Datei "
 2665 "»known_hosts« behalten wird, bevor seine Rechnerschlüssel abgefragt werden."
 2666 
 2667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2669 msgid "Default: 180"
 2670 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 180"
 2671 
 2672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2673 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2674 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2675 msgstr ""
 2676 
 2677 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2678 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2679 msgid ""
 2680 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2681 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2682 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2683 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2684 msgstr ""
 2685 
 2686 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2687 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2688 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2689 msgstr ""
 2690 
 2691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2692 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2693 msgid ""
 2694 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2695 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2696 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2697 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2698 "will be ignored."
 2699 msgstr ""
 2700 
 2701 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2702 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2703 msgid ""
 2704 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2705 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2706 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2707 msgstr ""
 2708 
 2709 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2710 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2711 msgid ""
 2712 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2713 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2714 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2715 "enabled."
 2716 msgstr ""
 2717 
 2718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2720 msgid ""
 2721 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2722 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2723 msgstr ""
 2724 
 2725 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2726 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2727 msgid ""
 2728 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2729 "rule are used"
 2730 msgstr ""
 2731 
 2732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2734 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2735 msgstr ""
 2736 
 2737 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2738 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2739 msgid ""
 2740 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2741 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2742 msgstr ""
 2743 
 2744 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2745 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2746 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2747 msgstr "PAC-Responder-Konfigurationsoptionen"
 2748 
 2749 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2750 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2751 msgid ""
 2752 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2753 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2754 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2755 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2756 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2757 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2758 msgstr ""
 2759 
 2760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2762 msgid ""
 2763 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2764 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2765 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2766 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2767 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2768 "parameter."
 2769 msgstr ""
 2770 
 2771 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2772 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2773 msgid ""
 2774 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2775 "added to those groups."
 2776 msgstr ""
 2777 "Falls es Gruppen-SIDs von Domains gibt, die SSSD kennt, wird der Benutzer zu "
 2778 "diesen Gruppen hinzugefügt."
 2779 
 2780 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2781 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2782 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2783 msgstr ""
 2784 "Diese Optionen können zur Konfiguration des PAC-Responders verwendet werden."
 2785 
 2786 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2787 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2788 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2789 msgstr "allowed_uids (Zeichenkette)"
 2790 
 2791 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2792 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2793 msgid ""
 2794 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2795 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2796 "startup."
 2797 msgstr ""
 2798 "gibt die durch Kommata getrennte Liste von UID-Werten oder Benutzernamen an, "
 2799 "denen der Zugriff auf den PAC-Responder erlaubt ist. Benutzernamen werden "
 2800 "beim Starten zu UIDs aufgelöst."
 2801 
 2802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2803 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2804 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2805 msgstr ""
 2806 "Voreinstellung: 0 (Nur dem Benutzer Root ist der Zugriff auf den PAC-"
 2807 "Responder gestattet.)"
 2808 
 2809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2811 msgid ""
 2812 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2813 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2814 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2815 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2816 msgstr ""
 2817 "Bitte beachten Sie, dass, obwohl die UID 0 als Voreinstellung benutzt wird, "
 2818 "diese Option sie überschriebt. Falls Sie weiterhin dem Benutzer Root Zugriff "
 2819 "auf den PAC-Responder gewähren möchten, was der Normalfall ist, müssen Sie "
 2820 "der Liste der erlaubten UIDs auch die 0 hinzufügen."
 2821 
 2822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2824 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2825 msgstr ""
 2826 
 2827 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2828 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2829 msgid ""
 2830 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2831 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2832 msgstr ""
 2833 
 2834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2836 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2837 msgstr ""
 2838 
 2839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2841 msgid ""
 2842 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2843 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2844 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2845 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2846 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2847 msgstr ""
 2848 
 2849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2851 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2852 msgstr ""
 2853 
 2854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2856 msgid "scope (string)"
 2857 msgstr ""
 2858 
 2859 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2860 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2861 msgid "\"none\""
 2862 msgstr ""
 2863 
 2864 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2865 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2866 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2867 msgstr ""
 2868 
 2869 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2870 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2871 msgid "\"some\""
 2872 msgstr ""
 2873 
 2874 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2875 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2876 msgid ""
 2877 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2878 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2879 msgstr ""
 2880 
 2881 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2882 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2883 msgid "\"all\""
 2884 msgstr ""
 2885 
 2886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2887 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2888 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2889 msgstr ""
 2890 
 2891 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2892 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2893 msgid ""
 2894 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2895 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2896 msgstr ""
 2897 
 2898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2900 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2901 msgstr ""
 2902 
 2903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2905 msgid "users (string)"
 2906 msgstr ""
 2907 
 2908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2910 msgid ""
 2911 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2912 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2913 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2914 msgstr ""
 2915 
 2916 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2917 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2918 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2919 msgstr ""
 2920 
 2921 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2922 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2923 msgid "groups (string)"
 2924 msgstr ""
 2925 
 2926 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2927 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2928 msgid ""
 2929 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2930 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2931 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2932 msgstr ""
 2933 
 2934 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2935 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2936 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2937 msgid ""
 2938 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2939 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2940 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2941 msgstr ""
 2942 
 2943 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2944 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2945 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2946 msgstr ""
 2947 
 2948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2949 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2950 #, fuzzy
 2951 #| msgid "simple_deny_users (string)"
 2952 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2953 msgstr "simple_deny_users (Zeichenkette)"
 2954 
 2955 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2956 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2957 msgid ""
 2958 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2959 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2960 msgstr ""
 2961 
 2962 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2963 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 2964 #, fuzzy
 2965 #| msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 2966 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 2967 msgstr "Voreinstellung: leer, d.h., dass »ldap_uri« benutzt wird"
 2968 
 2969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2970 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 2971 #, fuzzy
 2972 #| msgid "simple_deny_groups (string)"
 2973 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 2974 msgstr "simple_deny_groups (Zeichenkette)"
 2975 
 2976 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2977 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 2978 msgid ""
 2979 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 2980 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2981 msgstr ""
 2982 
 2983 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2984 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 2985 #, fuzzy
 2986 #| msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 2987 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 2988 msgstr "Voreinstellung: leer, d.h., dass »ldap_uri« benutzt wird"
 2989 
 2990 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 2991 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 2992 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 2993 msgstr "DOMAIN-ABSCHNITTE"
 2994 
 2995 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2996 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 2997 msgid "enabled"
 2998 msgstr ""
 2999 
 3000 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3001 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 3002 msgid ""
 3003 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 3004 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 3005 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 3006 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 3007 "quote> section."
 3008 msgstr ""
 3009 
 3010 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3011 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 3012 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 3013 msgstr ""
 3014 
 3015 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3016 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 3017 msgid ""
 3018 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 3019 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 3020 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 3021 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 3022 msgstr ""
 3023 
 3024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 3026 msgid ""
 3027 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 3028 "<quote>application</quote>."
 3029 msgstr ""
 3030 
 3031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3032 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 3033 msgid ""
 3034 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 3035 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 3036 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3037 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 3038 msgstr ""
 3039 
 3040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3041 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 3042 msgid ""
 3043 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 3044 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 3045 msgstr ""
 3046 
 3047 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3048 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 3049 msgid ""
 3050 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 3051 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 3052 msgstr ""
 3053 
 3054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3055 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 3056 msgid "Default: posix"
 3057 msgstr ""
 3058 
 3059 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3060 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 3061 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 3062 msgstr "min_id,max_id (Ganzzahl)"
 3063 
 3064 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3065 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 3066 msgid ""
 3067 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 3068 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 3069 msgstr ""
 3070 "UID- und GID-Beschränkungen für die Domain. Falls eine Domain einen Eintrag "
 3071 "enthält, der jenseits dieser Beschränkungen liegt, wird er ignoriert."
 3072 
 3073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3074 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 3075 msgid ""
 3076 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 3077 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 3078 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 3079 "expected."
 3080 msgstr ""
 3081 "Dies beeinflusst die Haupt-GID-Beschränkung für Benutzer. Der Benutzer wird "
 3082 "nicht an NSS zurückgegeben, falls entweder die UID oder die Haupt-GID "
 3083 "außerhalb des Bereichs liegt. Bei Mitgliedschaften in Nichthauptgruppen "
 3084 "werden jene, die im Bereich liegen, wie erwartet gemeldet."
 3085 
 3086 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3087 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 3088 msgid ""
 3089 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 3090 "by name or ID."
 3091 msgstr ""
 3092 "Diese ID-Beschränkungen beeinflussen sogar das Speichern von Einträgen in "
 3093 "den Zwischenspeicher und nicht nur ihre Rückgabe über Name oder ID."
 3094 
 3095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3096 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 3097 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 3098 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 1 für »min_id«, 0 (keine Beschränkung) für »max_id«"
 3099 
 3100 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3101 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 3102 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 3103 msgstr "enumerate (Boolesch)"
 3104 
 3105 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3106 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 3107 msgid ""
 3108 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 3109 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 3110 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 3111 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 3112 msgstr ""
 3113 
 3114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3115 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 3116 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 3117 msgstr "TRUE = Benutzer und Gruppen werden aufgezählt."
 3118 
 3119 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3120 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 3121 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 3122 msgstr "FALSE = keine Aufzählungen für diese Domain"
 3123 
 3124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3125 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 3126 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 3127 msgstr "Voreinstellung: FALSE"
 3128 
 3129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 3131 msgid ""
 3132 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 3133 "entries from the remote server."
 3134 msgstr ""
 3135 
 3136 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3137 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 3138 msgid ""
 3139 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 3140 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 3141 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 3142 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 3143 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 3144 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 3145 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 3146 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 3147 "watchdog."
 3148 msgstr ""
 3149 
 3150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 3152 msgid ""
 3153 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 3154 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 3155 msgstr ""
 3156 "Während die erste Aufzählung läuft, geben Anfragen nach vollständigen "
 3157 "Benutzer- oder Gruppenlisten möglicherweise bis zur Fertigstellung keine "
 3158 "Ergebnisse zurück."
 3159 
 3160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 3162 msgid ""
 3163 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 3164 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 3165 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 3166 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 3167 msgstr ""
 3168 "Darüber hinaus kann das Aktivieren der Aufzählung dazu führen, dass "
 3169 "Netzwerkausfälle erst später entdeckt werden. Dies kommt daher, dass längere "
 3170 "Zeitüberschreitungen vonnöten sind, um sicherzustellen, dass das "
 3171 "Nachschlagen von Aufzählungen vollständig erfolgreich war. Weitere "
 3172 "Informationen finden Sie in den Handbuchseiten für den jeweils aktuell "
 3173 "benutzten »id_provider«."
 3174 
 3175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3176 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 3177 msgid ""
 3178 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 3179 "especially in large environments."
 3180 msgstr ""
 3181 "Aus den oben genannten Gründen wird das Aktivieren von Aufzählungen, "
 3182 "insbesondere in großen Umgebungen, nicht empfohlen."
 3183 
 3184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3185 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 3186 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 3187 msgstr "subdomain_enumerate (Zeichenkette)"
 3188 
 3189 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3190 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 3191 msgid "all"
 3192 msgstr "all"
 3193 
 3194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3195 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 3196 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 3197 msgstr "Alle entdeckten vertrauenswürdigen Domains werden aufgezählt."
 3198 
 3199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 3201 msgid "none"
 3202 msgstr "none"
 3203 
 3204 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3205 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 3206 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 3207 msgstr "Keine der entdeckten vertrauenswürdigen Domains wird aufgezählt."
 3208 
 3209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 3211 msgid ""
 3212 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 3213 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 3214 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 3215 "for these trusted domains."
 3216 msgstr ""
 3217 "Legt fest, ob eventuell automatisch erkannte vertrauenswürdige Domains "
 3218 "aufgezählt werden sollen. Folgende Werte werden unterstützt: <placeholder "
 3219 "type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> Optional wird eine Liste aus einer oder "
 3220 "mehreren Domain-Namen die Aufzählung für genau diese vertrauenswürdigen "
 3221 "Domains aktivieren."
 3222 
 3223 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3224 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 3225 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 3226 msgstr "entry_cache_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 3227 
 3228 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3229 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 3230 msgid ""
 3231 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 3232 "backend again"
 3233 msgstr ""
 3234 "bestimmt, wie viele Sekunden lang »nss_sss« Einträge als gültig betrachten "
 3235 "soll, bevor das Backend erneut abgefragt wird."
 3236 
 3237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3238 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 3239 msgid ""
 3240 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 3241 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 3242 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 3243 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 3244 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 3245 "been cached."
 3246 msgstr ""
 3247 "Die Ablaufzeitstempel werden als Attribute individueller Objekte im "
 3248 "Zwischenspeicher gespeichert. Daher zeigt die Änderung der Ablaufzeiten im "
 3249 "Zwischenspeicher nur Wirkung bei neu hinzugefügten oder abgelaufenen "
 3250 "Einträgen. Sie sollten <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_cache</"
 3251 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> ausführen, um die "
 3252 "Aktualisierung von Einträgen zu erzwingen, die bereits zwischengespeichert "
 3253 "wurden."
 3254 
 3255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3256 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 3257 msgid "Default: 5400"
 3258 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 5400"
 3259 
 3260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3261 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 3262 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 3263 msgstr "entry_cache_user_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 3264 
 3265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3266 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 3267 msgid ""
 3268 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 3269 "the backend again"
 3270 msgstr ""
 3271 "bestimmt, wie viele Sekunden lang »nss_sss« Benutzereinträge als gültig "
 3272 "betrachten soll, bevor das Backend erneut abgefragt wird."
 3273 
 3274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3275 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 3276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 3277 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 3278 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 3279 msgstr "Voreinstellung: entry_cache_timeout"
 3280 
 3281 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3282 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 3283 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 3284 msgstr "entry_cache_group_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 3285 
 3286 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3287 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 3288 msgid ""
 3289 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 3290 "the backend again"
 3291 msgstr ""
 3292 "bestimmt, wie viele Sekunden lang »nss_sss« Gruppeneinträge als gültig "
 3293 "betrachten soll, bevor das Backend erneut abgefragt wird."
 3294 
 3295 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3296 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3297 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3298 msgstr "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 3299 
 3300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3301 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3302 msgid ""
 3303 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3304 "asking the backend again"
 3305 msgstr ""
 3306 "bestimmt, wie viele Sekunden lang »nss_sss« Netzgruppeneinträge als gültig "
 3307 "betrachten soll, bevor das Backend erneut abgefragt wird."
 3308 
 3309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3310 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3311 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3312 msgstr "entry_cache_service_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 3313 
 3314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3316 msgid ""
 3317 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3318 "the backend again"
 3319 msgstr ""
 3320 "bestimmt, wie viele Sekunden lang »nss_sss« Diensteinträge als gültig "
 3321 "betrachten soll, bevor das Backend erneut abgefragt wird."
 3322 
 3323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3325 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3326 msgstr ""
 3327 
 3328 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3329 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3330 msgid ""
 3331 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3332 "before asking the backend again"
 3333 msgstr ""
 3334 
 3335 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3336 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3337 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3338 msgstr "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 3339 
 3340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3341 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3342 msgid ""
 3343 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3344 "again"
 3345 msgstr ""
 3346 "bestimmt, wie viele Sekunden lang Sudo Regeln als gültig betrachten soll, "
 3347 "bevor das Backend erneut abgefragt wird."
 3348 
 3349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3350 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3351 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3352 msgstr "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 3353 
 3354 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3355 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3356 msgid ""
 3357 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3358 "before asking the backend again"
 3359 msgstr ""
 3360 "bestimmt, wie viele Sekunden lang der Dienst »autofs« Abbilder des "
 3361 "Automounters als gültig betrachten soll, bevor das Backend erneut abgefragt "
 3362 "wird."
 3363 
 3364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3366 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3367 msgstr ""
 3368 
 3369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3370 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3371 msgid ""
 3372 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3373 "the host key for."
 3374 msgstr ""
 3375 
 3376 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3377 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3378 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3379 msgstr ""
 3380 
 3381 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3382 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3383 msgid ""
 3384 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3385 "again"
 3386 msgstr ""
 3387 
 3388 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3389 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3390 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3391 msgstr "refresh_expired_interval (Ganzzahl)"
 3392 
 3393 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3394 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3395 msgid ""
 3396 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3397 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3398 msgstr ""
 3399 "Legt die Anzahl der Sekunden fest, die SSSD warten soll, bevor eine neuer "
 3400 "Prozess der Aktualisierung im Hintergrund ausgelöst wird, bei dem alle "
 3401 "abgelaufenen oder beinahe abgelaufenen Daten aktualisiert werden."
 3402 
 3403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3404 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3405 msgid ""
 3406 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3407 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3408 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3409 "and the group membership are updated."
 3410 msgstr ""
 3411 
 3412 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3413 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3414 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3415 msgstr ""
 3416 
 3417 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3418 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3419 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3420 msgstr ""
 3421 "Sie können in Betracht ziehen, diesen Wert auf 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout zu "
 3422 "setzen."
 3423 
 3424 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3425 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3426 msgid ""
 3427 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3428 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3429 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3430 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3431 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3432 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3433 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3434 msgstr ""
 3435 
 3436 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3437 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3438 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3439 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 0 (deaktiviert)"
 3440 
 3441 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3442 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3443 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3444 msgstr "cache_credentials (Boolesch)"
 3445 
 3446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3447 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3448 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3449 msgstr ""
 3450 "bestimmt, ob auch Benutzerberechtigungen im lokalen LDB-Zwischenspeicher "
 3451 "zwischengespeichert werden."
 3452 
 3453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3455 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3456 msgstr ""
 3457 "Benutzerberechtigungen werden in einem SHA512-Hash, nicht im Klartext "
 3458 "gespeichert."
 3459 
 3460 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3461 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3462 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3463 msgstr ""
 3464 
 3465 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3466 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3467 msgid ""
 3468 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3469 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3470 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3471 msgstr ""
 3472 "Falls 2-Faktor-Authentifizierung genutzt wird und die Anmeldedaten "
 3473 "gespeichert werden sollen, gibt dieser Wert an wie lang der erste Faktor "
 3474 "(langlebiges Passwort) mindestens sein muss um als SHA512 Hash-Wert im Cache "
 3475 "gespeichert zu werden."
 3476 
 3477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3479 msgid ""
 3480 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3481 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3482 msgstr ""
 3483 
 3484 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3485 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3486 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3487 msgstr "account_cache_expiration (Ganzzahl)"
 3488 
 3489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3491 msgid ""
 3492 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3493 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3494 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3495 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3496 msgstr ""
 3497 "Anzahl der Tage, während der Einträge nach einer erfolgreichen Anmeldung im "
 3498 "Zwischenspeicher bleiben, bevor sie im Laufe der Zwischenspeicherbereinigung "
 3499 "entfernt werden. 0 bedeutet, für immer aufbewahren. Der Wert dieses "
 3500 "Parameters muss größer oder gleich »offline_credentials_expiration« sein."
 3501 
 3502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3504 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3505 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 0 (unbegrenzt)"
 3506 
 3507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3508 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3509 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3510 msgstr "pwd_expiration_warning (Ganzzahl)"
 3511 
 3512 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3513 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3514 msgid ""
 3515 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3516 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3517 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3518 "backend."
 3519 msgstr ""
 3520 "Bitte beachten Sie, dass der Backend-Server Informationen über die "
 3521 "Ablaufzeit des Passworts bereitstellen muss. Fehlt diese Information, kann "
 3522 "SSSD keine Warnung anzeigen. Außerdem muss für das Backend ein "
 3523 "Authentifizierungsanbieter konfiguriert werden."
 3524 
 3525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3526 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3527 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3528 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3529 
 3530 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3531 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3532 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3533 msgstr "id_provider (Zeichenkette)"
 3534 
 3535 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3536 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3537 msgid ""
 3538 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3539 msgstr ""
 3540 "der für die Domain benutzte Authentifizierungsanbieter. Folgende ID-Anbieter "
 3541 "werden unterstützt:"
 3542 
 3543 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3544 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3545 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3546 msgstr ""
 3547 
 3548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3549 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3550 msgid ""
 3551 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3552 msgstr ""
 3553 
 3554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3555 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3556 msgid ""
 3557 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3558 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3559 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3560 msgstr ""
 3561 
 3562 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3563 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3564 msgid ""
 3565 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3566 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3567 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3568 msgstr ""
 3569 "»ldap«: LDAP-Anbieter: Weitere Informationen über die Konfiguration von LDAP "
 3570 "finden Sie unter <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3571 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3572 
 3573 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3574 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3575 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3576 msgid ""
 3577 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3578 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3579 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3580 "FreeIPA."
 3581 msgstr ""
 3582 "»ipa«: Anbieter von FreeIPA und Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. "
 3583 "Weitere Informationen über die Konfiguration von FreeIPA finden Sie unter "
 3584 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3585 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3586 
 3587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3590 msgid ""
 3591 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3592 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3593 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3594 msgstr ""
 3595 "»ad«: Active-Directory-Anbieter: Weitere Informationen über die "
 3596 "Konfiguration von Active Directory finden Sie unter <citerefentry> "
 3597 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3598 "citerefentry>."
 3599 
 3600 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3601 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3602 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3603 msgstr "use_fully_qualified_names (Boolesch)"
 3604 
 3605 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3606 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3607 msgid ""
 3608 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3609 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3610 msgstr ""
 3611 "benutzt den vollständigen Namen und die Domain (wie sie durch das "
 3612 "»full_name_format« der Domain formatiert wurde) als Anmeldenamen des "
 3613 "Benutzers, der an NSS gemeldet wird."
 3614 
 3615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3616 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3617 msgid ""
 3618 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3619 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3620 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3621 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3622 msgstr ""
 3623 "Ist dies auf TRUE gesetzt, müssen Anfragen an diese Domain voll "
 3624 "qualifizierte Namen benutzen. Falls zum Beispiel <command>getent passwd "
 3625 "test</command> in der Domain LOCAL benutzt wird, die einen Benutzer »test« "
 3626 "enthält, würde der Benutzer nicht gefunden, <command>getent passwd "
 3627 "test@LOCAL</command> würde ihn hingegen finden."
 3628 
 3629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3631 msgid ""
 3632 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3633 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3634 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3635 msgstr ""
 3636 "ACHTUNG: Diese Option ist bei Netzgruppen-Suchanfragen wirkungslos, da diese "
 3637 "dazu tendieren, verschachtelte Netzgruppen ohne voll qualifizierte Namen "
 3638 "einzubeziehen. Bei Netzgruppen werden alle Domains durchsucht, wenn ein "
 3639 "nicht voll qualifizierter Name angefragt wird."
 3640 
 3641 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3642 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3643 msgid ""
 3644 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3645 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3646 msgstr ""
 3647 
 3648 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3649 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3650 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3651 msgstr "ignore_group_members (Boolesch)"
 3652 
 3653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3655 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3656 msgstr "gibt beim Nachschlagen der Gruppe nicht die Gruppenmitglieder zurück."
 3657 
 3658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3660 msgid ""
 3661 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3662 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3663 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3664 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3665 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3666 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3667 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3668 msgstr ""
 3669 
 3670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3671 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3672 msgid ""
 3673 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3674 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3675 "members."
 3676 msgstr ""
 3677 
 3678 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3679 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3680 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3681 msgstr "auth_provider (Zeichenkette)"
 3682 
 3683 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3684 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3685 msgid ""
 3686 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3687 "are:"
 3688 msgstr ""
 3689 "der für diese Domain benutzte Authentifizierungsanbieter. Folgende "
 3690 "Authentifizierungsanbieter werden unterstützt:"
 3691 
 3692 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3693 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3694 msgid ""
 3695 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3696 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3697 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3698 msgstr ""
 3699 "»ldap« für native LDAP-Authentifizierung. Weitere Informationen über die "
 3700 "Konfiguration von LDAP finden Sie unter <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3701 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3702 
 3703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3705 msgid ""
 3706 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3707 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3708 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3709 msgstr ""
 3710 "»krb5« für Kerberos-Authentifizierung. Weitere Informationen über die "
 3711 "Konfiguration von Kerberos finden Sie unter <citerefentry> "
 3712 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3713 "citerefentry>."
 3714 
 3715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3716 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3717 msgid ""
 3718 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3719 msgstr ""
 3720 "»proxy« zur Weitergabe der Authentifizierung an irgendein anderes PAM-Ziel"
 3721 
 3722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3724 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3725 msgstr "»local«: SSSDs interner Anbieter für lokale Benutzer"
 3726 
 3727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3729 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3730 msgstr "»none« deaktiviert explizit die Authentifizierung."
 3731 
 3732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3734 msgid ""
 3735 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3736 "authentication requests."
 3737 msgstr ""
 3738 "Voreinstellung: »id_provider« wird, falls es gesetzt ist, benutzt und kann "
 3739 "mit Authentifizierungsanfragen umgehen."
 3740 
 3741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3742 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3743 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3744 msgstr "access_provider (Zeichenkette)"
 3745 
 3746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3748 msgid ""
 3749 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3750 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3751 "Internal special providers are:"
 3752 msgstr ""
 3753 "der für diese Domain benutzte Zugriffssteuerungsanbieter. Es gibt zwei "
 3754 "integrierte Zugriffsanbieter (zusätzlich zu denen, die in den installierten "
 3755 "Backends enthalten sind). Interne Spezialanbieter sind:"
 3756 
 3757 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3758 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3759 msgid ""
 3760 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3761 "provider for a local domain."
 3762 msgstr ""
 3763 "»permit« gibt immer Zugriff. Es ist der einzige erlaubte Zugriffsanbieter "
 3764 "für eine lokale Domain."
 3765 
 3766 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3767 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3768 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3769 msgstr "»deny« verweigert dem Zugriff immer."
 3770 
 3771 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3772 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3773 msgid ""
 3774 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3775 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3776 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3777 "access module."
 3778 msgstr ""
 3779 "»simple«: Zugriffssteuerung basierend auf Zugriffs- oder "
 3780 "Verweigerungslisten. Weitere Informationen über die Konfiguration des "
 3781 "einfachen Zugriffsmoduls finden sie unter <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3782 "simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
 3783 
 3784 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3785 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3786 msgid ""
 3787 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3788 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3789 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3790 msgstr ""
 3791 
 3792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3794 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3795 msgstr ""
 3796 
 3797 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3798 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3799 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3800 msgstr "Voreinstellung: »permit«"
 3801 
 3802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3803 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3804 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3805 msgstr "chpass_provider (Zeichenkette)"
 3806 
 3807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3808 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3809 msgid ""
 3810 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3811 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3812 msgstr ""
 3813 "der Anbieter, der Passwortänderungsaktionen für die Domain handhaben soll. "
 3814 "Folgende Anbieter von Passwortänderungen werden unterstützt:"
 3815 
 3816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3818 msgid ""
 3819 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3820 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3821 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3822 msgstr ""
 3823 
 3824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3826 msgid ""
 3827 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3828 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3829 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3830 msgstr ""
 3831 "»krb5« zum Ändern des Kerberos-Passworts. Weitere Informationen über die "
 3832 "Konfiguration von Kerberos finden Sie unter <citerefentry> "
 3833 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3834 "citerefentry>."
 3835 
 3836 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3837 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3838 msgid ""
 3839 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3840 msgstr ""
 3841 "»proxy« zur Weitergabe der Passwortänderung an irgendein anderes PAM-Ziel"
 3842 
 3843 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3844 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3845 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3846 msgstr "»none« verbietet explizit Passwortänderungen."
 3847 
 3848 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3849 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3850 msgid ""
 3851 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3852 "change password requests."
 3853 msgstr ""
 3854 "Voreinstellung: »auth_provider«  wird, falls es gesetzt ist, benutzt und "
 3855 "kann mit Passwortänderungsanfragen umgehen."
 3856 
 3857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3859 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3860 msgstr "sudo_provider (Zeichenkette)"
 3861 
 3862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3864 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3865 msgstr ""
 3866 "der für diese Domain benutzte Sudo-Anbieter. Folgende Sudo-Anbieter werden "
 3867 "unterstützt:"
 3868 
 3869 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3870 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3871 msgid ""
 3872 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3873 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3874 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3875 msgstr ""
 3876 "»ldap« für die in LDAP gespeicherten Regeln. Weitere Informationen über die "
 3877 "Konfiguration von LDAP finden Sie unter <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3878 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3879 
 3880 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3881 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3882 msgid ""
 3883 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3884 "settings."
 3885 msgstr ""
 3886 "<quote>ipa</quote> ist gleichbedeutend mit <quote>ldap</quote>, aber mit den "
 3887 "Vorgabeeinstellungen für IPA."
 3888 
 3889 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3890 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3891 msgid ""
 3892 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3893 "settings."
 3894 msgstr ""
 3895 "<quote>ad</quote> ist gleichbedeutend mit <quote>ldap</quote>, aber mit den "
 3896 "Vorgabeeinstellungen für AD."
 3897 
 3898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3900 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3901 msgstr "»none« deaktiviert explizit Sudo."
 3902 
 3903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3905 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3906 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3907 msgstr ""
 3908 "Voreinstellung: Falls gesetzt, wird der Wert von »id_provider« benutzt."
 3909 
 3910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3912 msgid ""
 3913 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3914 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3915 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3916 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3917 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3918 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3919 msgstr ""
 3920 "Detaillierte Informationen zur Konfiguration von sudo_provider finden Sie in "
 3921 "der Handbuchseite zu <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3922 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. Es gibt zahlreiche verwendbare "
 3923 "Konfigurationsoptionen, mit denen das Verhalten angepasst werden kann. Siehe "
 3924 "»ldap_sudo_*« in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3925 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3926 
 3927 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3928 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3929 msgid ""
 3930 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3931 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3932 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3933 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3934 msgstr ""
 3935 
 3936 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3937 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3938 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3939 msgstr "selinux_provider (Zeichenkette)"
 3940 
 3941 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3942 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3943 msgid ""
 3944 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3945 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3946 "providers are:"
 3947 msgstr ""
 3948 "der Anbieter, der das Laden der SELinux-Einstellungen handhaben soll. "
 3949 "Beachten Sie, dass dieser Anbieter direkt aufgerufen wird, nachdem sich der "
 3950 "Zugriffsanbieter beendet hat. Folgende SELinux-Anbieter werden unterstützt:"
 3951 
 3952 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3953 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3954 msgid ""
 3955 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3956 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3957 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3958 msgstr ""
 3959 "»ipa«, um SELinux-Einstellungen von einem IPA-Server zu laden. Weitere "
 3960 "Informationen über die Konfiguration von FreeIPA finden Sie unter "
 3961 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3962 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3963 
 3964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3965 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 3966 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 3967 msgstr "»none« verbietet explizit das Abholen von SELinux-Einstellungen."
 3968 
 3969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3970 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 3971 msgid ""
 3972 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3973 "selinux loading requests."
 3974 msgstr ""
 3975 "Voreinstellung: Falls gesetzt, wird der Wert von »id_provider« benutzt. Er "
 3976 "kann SELinux-Ladeanfragen handhaben."
 3977 
 3978 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3979 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 3980 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 3981 msgstr "subdomains_provider (Zeichenkette)"
 3982 
 3983 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3984 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 3985 msgid ""
 3986 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 3987 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 3988 msgstr ""
 3989 "der Anbieter, der das Abholen von Subdomains handhaben soll. Dieser Wert "
 3990 "sollte immer derselbe sein wie »id_provider«. Folgende Subdomain-Anbieter "
 3991 "werden unterstützt:"
 3992 
 3993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3994 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 3995 msgid ""
 3996 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 3997 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3998 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3999 msgstr ""
 4000 "»ipa«, um eine Liste mit Subdomains von einem IPA-Server zu laden. Weitere "
 4001 "Informationen über die Konfiguration von IPA finden Sie unter <citerefentry> "
 4002 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 4003 "citerefentry>."
 4004 
 4005 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4006 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 4007 msgid ""
 4008 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 4009 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 4010 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 4011 "the AD provider."
 4012 msgstr ""
 4013 
 4014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4015 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 4016 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 4017 msgstr "»none« deaktiviert explizit das Abholen von Subdomains."
 4018 
 4019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4020 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 4021 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 4022 msgstr ""
 4023 
 4024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 4026 msgid ""
 4027 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 4028 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 4029 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 4030 msgstr ""
 4031 
 4032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 4034 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 4035 msgstr ""
 4036 
 4037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4038 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 4039 msgid ""
 4040 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 4041 msgstr ""
 4042 
 4043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4044 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 4045 msgid ""
 4046 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 4047 "session related tasks."
 4048 msgstr ""
 4049 
 4050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 4052 msgid ""
 4053 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 4054 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 4055 msgstr ""
 4056 
 4057 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4058 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 4059 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 4060 msgstr "autofs_provider (Zeichenkette)"
 4061 
 4062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 4064 msgid ""
 4065 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 4066 msgstr ""
 4067 "der für diese Domain benutzte Anbieter von »autofs«. Folgende Anbieter von "
 4068 "»autofs« werden unterstützt:"
 4069 
 4070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4071 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 4072 msgid ""
 4073 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 4074 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 4075 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 4076 msgstr ""
 4077 "»ldap«, um in LDAP gespeicherte Abbilder zu laden. Weitere Informationen "
 4078 "über die Konfiguration von LDAP finden Sie unter <citerefentry> "
 4079 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 4080 "citerefentry>."
 4081 
 4082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4083 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 4084 msgid ""
 4085 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 4086 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 4087 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 4088 msgstr ""
 4089 "»ipa«, um auf einem IPA-Server gespeicherte Abbilder zu laden. Weitere "
 4090 "Informationen über die Konfiguration von IPA finden Sie unter <citerefentry> "
 4091 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 4092 "citerefentry>."
 4093 
 4094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4095 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 4096 msgid ""
 4097 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 4098 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 4099 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 4100 msgstr ""
 4101 
 4102 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4103 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 4104 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 4105 msgstr "»none« deaktiviert explizit »autofs«."
 4106 
 4107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4108 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 4109 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 4110 msgstr "hostid_provider (Zeichenkette)"
 4111 
 4112 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4113 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 4114 msgid ""
 4115 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 4116 "hostid providers are:"
 4117 msgstr ""
 4118 "der Anbieter, der zum Abfragen der Rechneridentitätsinformationen benutzt "
 4119 "wird. Folgende Anbieter von »hostid« werden unterstützt:"
 4120 
 4121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 4123 msgid ""
 4124 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 4125 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4126 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 4127 msgstr ""
 4128 "»ipa«, um die auf einem IPA-Server gespeicherte Rechneridentität zu laden. "
 4129 "Weitere Informationen über die Konfiguration von IPA finden Sie unter "
 4130 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4131 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 4132 
 4133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 4135 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 4136 msgstr "»none« deaktiviert explizit »hostid«."
 4137 
 4138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4139 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 4140 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 4141 msgstr ""
 4142 
 4143 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4144 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 4145 msgid ""
 4146 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 4147 "resolver providers are:"
 4148 msgstr ""
 4149 
 4150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 4152 msgid ""
 4153 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 4154 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 4155 msgstr ""
 4156 
 4157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4158 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 4159 msgid ""
 4160 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 4161 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4162 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 4163 msgstr ""
 4164 
 4165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 4167 msgid ""
 4168 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 4169 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4170 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 4171 "provider."
 4172 msgstr ""
 4173 
 4174 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4175 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 4176 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 4177 msgstr ""
 4178 
 4179 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4180 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 4181 msgid ""
 4182 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 4183 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 4184 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 4185 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 4186 "the domain."
 4187 msgstr ""
 4188 "regulärer Ausdruck, der beschreibt, in welche Bestandteile die Zeichenkette "
 4189 "mit Benutzernamen und Domain bei der Auswertung zerlegt werden soll. Die "
 4190 "»Domain« kann entweder dem Domain-Namen der SSSD-Konfiguration oder im Fall "
 4191 "vertrauenswürdiger IPA-Subdomains und Active-Directory-Domains dem flachen "
 4192 "(NetBIOS-) Namen der Domain entsprechen."
 4193 
 4194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4195 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 4196 msgid ""
 4197 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 4198 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 4199 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 4200 "user names:"
 4201 msgstr ""
 4202 "Voreinstellung für den AD- oder IPA-Anbieter: »(((?P&lt;Domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 4203 "\\(?P&lt;Name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;Name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;Domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 4204 "P&lt;Name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))« "
 4205 
 4206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4207 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 4208 msgid "username"
 4209 msgstr "Benutzername"
 4210 
 4211 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4212 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 4213 msgid "username@domain.name"
 4214 msgstr "Benutzername@Domain.Name"
 4215 
 4216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4217 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 4218 msgid "domain\\username"
 4219 msgstr "Domain\\Benutzername"
 4220 
 4221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4222 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 4223 msgid ""
 4224 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 4225 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 4226 msgstr ""
 4227 "Während die ersten beiden der allgemeinen Voreinstellung entsprechen, wurde "
 4228 "die dritte eingeführt, um eine einfache Eingliederung von Benutzern aus "
 4229 "Windows-Domains zu ermöglichen."
 4230 
 4231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4232 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 4233 msgid ""
 4234 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 4235 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 4236 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 4237 msgstr ""
 4238 "Voreinstellung: »(?P&lt;Name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;Domain&gt;[^@]*$)«, was "
 4239 "bedeutet »der Name ist alles bis zum »@«-Zeichen, die Domain alles danach«"
 4240 
 4241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4242 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 4243 msgid ""
 4244 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 4245 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 4246 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 4247 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 4248 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 4249 msgstr ""
 4250 
 4251 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4252 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 4253 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 4254 msgstr "Voreinstellung: »%1$s@%2$s«"
 4255 
 4256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4257 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 4258 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 4259 msgstr "lookup_family_order (Zeichenkette)"
 4260 
 4261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 4263 msgid ""
 4264 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 4265 "performing DNS lookups."
 4266 msgstr ""
 4267 "ermöglicht es, die bei DNS-Abfragen zu bevorzugende Adressfamilie zu wählen."
 4268 
 4269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4270 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 4271 msgid "Supported values:"
 4272 msgstr "unterstützte Werte:"
 4273 
 4274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4275 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 4276 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 4277 msgstr ""
 4278 "ipv4_first: versucht die IPv4- und, falls dies fehlschlägt, die IPv6-Adresse "
 4279 "nachzuschlagen"
 4280 
 4281 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4282 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 4283 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 4284 msgstr "ipv4_only: versucht, nur Rechnernamen zu IPv4-Adressen aufzulösen"
 4285 
 4286 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4287 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 4288 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 4289 msgstr ""
 4290 "ipv6_first: versucht die IPv6- und, falls dies fehlschlägt, die IPv4-Adresse "
 4291 "nachzuschlagen"
 4292 
 4293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 4295 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 4296 msgstr "ipv6_only: versucht, nur Rechnernamen zu IPv6-Adressen aufzulösen"
 4297 
 4298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 4300 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 4301 msgstr "Voreinstellung: ipv4_first"
 4302 
 4303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 4305 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 4306 msgstr "dns_resolver_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 4307 
 4308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4309 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 4310 msgid ""
 4311 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 4312 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 4313 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 4314 "mode."
 4315 msgstr ""
 4316 
 4317 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 4319 msgid ""
 4320 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 4321 "the service resolution."
 4322 msgstr ""
 4323 
 4324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 4326 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 4327 msgstr "dns_discovery_domain (Zeichenkette)"
 4328 
 4329 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4330 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 4331 msgid ""
 4332 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 4333 "the service discovery DNS query."
 4334 msgstr ""
 4335 "Falls die Dienstsuche im Backend benutzt wird, gibt dies den Domain-Teil der "
 4336 "DNS-Dienstabfrage an."
 4337 
 4338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4339 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 4340 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 4341 msgstr "Voreinstellung: Der Domain-Teil des Rechnernamens wird benutzt."
 4342 
 4343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 4345 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 4346 msgstr "override_gid (Ganzzahl)"
 4347 
 4348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 4350 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 4351 msgstr "überschreibt die Haupt-GID mit der angegebenen."
 4352 
 4353 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4354 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 4355 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 4356 msgstr ""
 4357 
 4358 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4359 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 4360 msgid "True"
 4361 msgstr ""
 4362 
 4363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4364 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 4365 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 4366 msgstr ""
 4367 
 4368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4369 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 4370 msgid "False"
 4371 msgstr ""
 4372 
 4373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4374 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 4375 msgid "Case insensitive."
 4376 msgstr ""
 4377 
 4378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4379 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 4380 msgid "Preserving"
 4381 msgstr ""
 4382 
 4383 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4384 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 4385 msgid ""
 4386 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 4387 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 4388 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 4389 msgstr ""
 4390 
 4391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4392 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 4393 msgid ""
 4394 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 4395 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 4396 msgstr ""
 4397 
 4398 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4399 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 4400 msgid ""
 4401 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 4402 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 4403 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 4404 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4405 msgstr ""
 4406 
 4407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4408 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 4409 msgid ""
 4410 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 4411 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 4412 msgstr ""
 4413 
 4414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4415 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 4416 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 4417 msgstr ""
 4418 
 4419 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4420 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 4421 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 4422 msgstr ""
 4423 
 4424 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4425 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 4426 msgid ""
 4427 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 4428 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 4429 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 4430 msgstr ""
 4431 
 4432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 4434 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 4435 msgstr ""
 4436 
 4437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4438 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 4439 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4440 msgstr ""
 4441 
 4442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 4444 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4445 msgstr "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4446 
 4447 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4448 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4449 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4450 msgstr ""
 4451 
 4452 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4453 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4454 msgid ""
 4455 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4456 "is not set explicitly)"
 4457 msgstr ""
 4458 
 4459 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4460 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4461 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4462 msgstr ""
 4463 
 4464 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4465 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4466 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4467 msgstr ""
 4468 
 4469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4470 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4471 #, no-wrap
 4472 msgid ""
 4473 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4474 "                            "
 4475 msgstr ""
 4476 
 4477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4479 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4480 msgstr ""
 4481 
 4482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4483 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4484 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4485 msgstr "subdomain_homedir (Zeichenkette)"
 4486 
 4487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4488 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4489 msgid "%F"
 4490 msgstr "%F"
 4491 
 4492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4493 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4494 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4495 msgstr "flacher (NetBIOS-) Name einer Subdomain"
 4496 
 4497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4499 msgid ""
 4500 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4501 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4502 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4503 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4504 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4505 msgstr ""
 4506 "Dieses Home-Verzeichnis wird als Vorgabewert für alle Subdomains innerhalb "
 4507 "dieser Domain im IPA-AD-Trust verwendet. In <emphasis>override_homedir</"
 4508 "emphasis> finden Sie Informationen zu möglichen Werten. Außerdem kann die "
 4509 "nachfolgende Expansion nur mit <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis> "
 4510 "verwendet werden.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4511 
 4512 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4513 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4514 msgid ""
 4515 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4516 msgstr ""
 4517 "Der Wert kann mit der Option <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> "
 4518 "überschrieben werden."
 4519 
 4520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4521 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4522 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4523 msgstr "Voreinstellung: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4524 
 4525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4526 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4527 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4528 msgstr "realmd_tags (Zeichenkette)"
 4529 
 4530 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4531 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4532 msgid ""
 4533 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4534 msgstr ""
 4535 "verschiedene vom Konfigurationsdienst »realmd« für diese Domain gespeicherte "
 4536 "Kennzeichnungen."
 4537 
 4538 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4539 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4540 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4541 msgstr ""
 4542 
 4543 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4544 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4545 msgid ""
 4546 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4547 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4548 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4549 "authentication."
 4550 msgstr ""
 4551 
 4552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4554 msgid ""
 4555 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4556 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4557 msgstr ""
 4558 
 4559 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4560 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4561 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4562 msgstr ""
 4563 
 4564 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4565 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4566 msgid ""
 4567 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4568 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4569 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4570 msgstr ""
 4571 
 4572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4574 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4575 msgstr ""
 4576 
 4577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4578 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4579 msgid "true"
 4580 msgstr ""
 4581 
 4582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4583 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4584 msgid ""
 4585 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4586 "number is ignored in this case."
 4587 msgstr ""
 4588 
 4589 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4590 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4591 msgid ""
 4592 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4593 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4594 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4595 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4596 msgstr ""
 4597 
 4598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4600 msgid "false"
 4601 msgstr ""
 4602 
 4603 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4604 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4605 msgid ""
 4606 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4607 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4608 msgstr ""
 4609 
 4610 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4611 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4612 msgid "hybrid"
 4613 msgstr ""
 4614 
 4615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4616 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4617 msgid ""
 4618 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4619 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4620 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4621 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4622 "user resolves to that group object."
 4623 msgstr ""
 4624 
 4625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4627 msgid ""
 4628 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4629 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4630 msgstr ""
 4631 
 4632 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4633 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4634 msgid ""
 4635 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4636 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4637 "the existing user private groups."
 4638 msgstr ""
 4639 
 4640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4642 msgid ""
 4643 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4644 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4645 msgstr ""
 4646 
 4647 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4648 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4649 msgid ""
 4650 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4651 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4652 msgstr ""
 4653 
 4654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4655 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4656 #, no-wrap
 4657 msgid ""
 4658 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4659 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4660 msgstr ""
 4661 
 4662 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4663 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4664 #, no-wrap
 4665 msgid ""
 4666 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4667 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4668 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4669 msgstr ""
 4670 
 4671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4672 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4673 msgid ""
 4674 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4675 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4676 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4677 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4678 msgstr ""
 4679 
 4680 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4681 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4682 msgid ""
 4683 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4684 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4685 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4686 msgstr ""
 4687 "Diese Konfigurationsoptionen können in einem Abschnitt einer Domain-"
 4688 "Konfiguration vorhanden sein, das heißt, in einem Abschnitt namens "
 4689 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type="
 4690 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4691 
 4692 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4693 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4694 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4695 msgstr "proxy_pam_target (Zeichenkette)"
 4696 
 4697 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4698 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4699 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4700 msgstr "das Proxy-Ziel, an das PAM weiterleitet"
 4701 
 4702 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4703 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4704 msgid ""
 4705 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4706 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4707 msgstr ""
 4708 "Voreinstellung: standardmäßig nicht gesetzt, Sie müssen eine bestehende PAM-"
 4709 "Konfiguration nehmen oder eine neue erstellen und hier den Dienstnamen "
 4710 "hinzufügen."
 4711 
 4712 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4713 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4714 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4715 msgstr "proxy_lib_name (Zeichenkette)"
 4716 
 4717 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4718 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4719 msgid ""
 4720 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4721 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4722 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4723 msgstr ""
 4724 "der Name der NSS-Bibliothek, der für die Proxy-Domains benutzt werden soll. "
 4725 "Die in der NSS-Funktionen gesuchten Funktionen haben die Form »_nss_"
 4726 "$(libName)_$(function)«, zum Beispiel »_nss_files_getpwent«."
 4727 
 4728 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4729 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4730 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4731 msgstr ""
 4732 
 4733 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4734 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4735 msgid ""
 4736 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4737 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4738 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4739 msgstr ""
 4740 
 4741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4742 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4743 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4744 msgstr "proxy_fast_alias (Boolesch)"
 4745 
 4746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4748 msgid ""
 4749 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4750 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4751 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4752 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4753 msgstr ""
 4754 "Wenn ein Benutzer oder eine Gruppe anhand des Namen im Anbieter »proxy« "
 4755 "nachgeschlagen wird, wird zusätzlich auch die ID aufgelöst. So wird der Name "
 4756 "für den Fall, dass er ein Alias ist, in eine »kanonische« Form gebracht. "
 4757 "Diese Option auf »True« zu setzen würde SSSD aus Leistungsgründen dazu "
 4758 "veranlassen, die ID im Zwischenspeicher nachzuschlagen."
 4759 
 4760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4762 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4763 msgstr ""
 4764 
 4765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4767 msgid ""
 4768 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4769 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4770 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4771 msgstr ""
 4772 
 4773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4774 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4775 msgid ""
 4776 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4777 "\"0\"/>"
 4778 msgstr ""
 4779 "gültige Optionen für Proxy-Domains. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4780 "\"0\"/>"
 4781 
 4782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4784 msgid "Application domains"
 4785 msgstr ""
 4786 
 4787 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4788 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4789 msgid ""
 4790 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4791 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4792 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4793 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4794 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4795 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4796 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4797 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4798 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4799 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4800 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4801 "SSSD domain."
 4802 msgstr ""
 4803 
 4804 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4805 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4806 msgid ""
 4807 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4808 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4809 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4810 msgstr ""
 4811 
 4812 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4813 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4814 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4815 msgstr ""
 4816 
 4817 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4818 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4819 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4820 msgstr ""
 4821 
 4822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4824 msgid ""
 4825 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4826 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4827 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4828 "domain settings."
 4829 msgstr ""
 4830 
 4831 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4832 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4833 msgid ""
 4834 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4835 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4836 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4837 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4838 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4839 msgstr ""
 4840 
 4841 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4842 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4843 #, no-wrap
 4844 msgid ""
 4845 "[sssd]\n"
 4846 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4847 "\n"
 4848 "[ifp]\n"
 4849 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4850 "\n"
 4851 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4852 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4853 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4854 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4855 "\n"
 4856 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4857 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4858 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4859 msgstr ""
 4860 
 4861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4863 msgid "The local domain section"
 4864 msgstr "Der Abschnitt lokale Domain"
 4865 
 4866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4868 msgid ""
 4869 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4870 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4871 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4872 msgstr ""
 4873 "Dieser Abschnitt enthält Einstellungen für Domains, die Benutzer und Gruppen "
 4874 "ein einer nativen SSSD-Datenbank speichern, das heißt eine Domain, die "
 4875 "<replaceable>ID_Anbieter=lokal</replaceable> benutzt."
 4876 
 4877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4878 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4879 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4880 msgstr "default_shell (Zeichenkette)"
 4881 
 4882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4883 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4884 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4885 msgstr ""
 4886 "die Standard-Shell für Anwender, die mit den SSSD-Werkzeugen für den "
 4887 "Benutzerbereich erstellt wurde."
 4888 
 4889 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4890 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4891 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4892 msgstr "Voreinstellung: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4893 
 4894 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4895 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4896 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4897 msgstr "base_directory (Zeichenkette)"
 4898 
 4899 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4900 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4901 msgid ""
 4902 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4903 "and use that as the home directory."
 4904 msgstr ""
 4905 "Die Werkzeuge hängen den Anmeldenamen an das <replaceable>Basisverzeichnis</"
 4906 "replaceable> und benutzen dies als Home-Verzeichnis."
 4907 
 4908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4910 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4911 msgstr "Voreinstellung: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4912 
 4913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4915 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4916 msgstr "create_homedir (Boolesch)"
 4917 
 4918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4920 msgid ""
 4921 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4922 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4923 msgstr ""
 4924 "gibt an, ob standardmäßig ein Home-Verzeichnis für neue Benutzer erstellt "
 4925 "werden soll; kann auf der Befehlszeile überschrieben werden"
 4926 
 4927 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4928 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4929 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4930 msgstr "Voreinstellung: TRUE"
 4931 
 4932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4933 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4934 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4935 msgstr "remove_homedir (Boolesch)"
 4936 
 4937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4939 msgid ""
 4940 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4941 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4942 msgstr ""
 4943 "gibt an, ob das Home-Verzeichnis für gelöschte Benutzer standardmäßig "
 4944 "entfernt werden soll; kann auf der Befehlszeile überschrieben werden"
 4945 
 4946 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4947 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 4948 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 4949 msgstr "homedir_umask (Ganzzahl)"
 4950 
 4951 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4952 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 4953 msgid ""
 4954 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4955 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 4956 "on a newly created home directory."
 4957 msgstr ""
 4958 "wird von <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4959 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> benutzt, um die "
 4960 "Standardzugriffsrechte für ein neu erstelltes Home-Verzeichnis anzugeben."
 4961 
 4962 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4963 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 4964 msgid "Default: 077"
 4965 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 077"
 4966 
 4967 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4968 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 4969 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 4970 msgstr "skel_dir (Zeichenkette)"
 4971 
 4972 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4973 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 4974 msgid ""
 4975 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 4976 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 4977 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4978 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 4979 msgstr ""
 4980 "die Verzeichnisvorlage, die Dateien und Verzeichnisse enthält, die in das "
 4981 "Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers kopiert werden, wenn das Home-Verzeichnis "
 4982 "durch <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4983 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> erstellt wird"
 4984 
 4985 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4986 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 4987 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4988 msgstr "Voreinstellung: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4989 
 4990 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4991 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 4992 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 4993 msgstr "mail_dir (Zeichenkette)"
 4994 
 4995 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4996 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 4997 msgid ""
 4998 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 4999 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 5000 "default value is used."
 5001 msgstr ""
 5002 "das Spool-Verzeichnis für E-Mails. Dies wird benötigt, um die Mailbox zu "
 5003 "manipulieren, wenn das zugehörige Benutzerkonto verändert oder gelöscht "
 5004 "wurde. Ist dies nicht angegeben wird ein Standardwert verwendet."
 5005 
 5006 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5007 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 5008 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 5009 msgstr "Voreinstellung: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 5010 
 5011 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5012 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 5013 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 5014 msgstr "userdel_cmd (Zeichenkette)"
 5015 
 5016 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5017 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 5018 msgid ""
 5019 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 5020 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 5021 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 5022 msgstr ""
 5023 "der Befehl, der nach dem Entfernen eines Benutzers ausgeführt wird. Dem "
 5024 "Befehl wird als erster und einziger Parameter der Benutzername des Anwenders "
 5025 "übergeben, der entfernt wird. Der Rückgabewert des Befehls wird nicht "
 5026 "berücksichtigt."
 5027 
 5028 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5029 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 5030 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 5031 msgstr "Voreinstellung: keine, es wird kein Befehl ausgeführt"
 5032 
 5033 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5034 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 5035 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 5036 msgstr ""
 5037 
 5038 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5039 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 5040 msgid ""
 5041 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 5042 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 5043 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 5044 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 5045 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 5046 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 5047 msgstr ""
 5048 
 5049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5050 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 5051 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 5052 msgstr ""
 5053 
 5054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5055 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 5056 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 5057 msgstr ""
 5058 
 5059 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5060 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 5061 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 5062 msgstr ""
 5063 
 5064 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5065 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 5066 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 5067 msgstr ""
 5068 
 5069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5070 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 5071 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 5072 msgstr ""
 5073 
 5074 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5075 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 5076 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 5077 msgstr ""
 5078 
 5079 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5080 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 5081 msgid "ad_server,"
 5082 msgstr ""
 5083 
 5084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5085 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 5086 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 5087 msgstr ""
 5088 
 5089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5090 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 5091 msgid "ad_site,"
 5092 msgstr ""
 5093 
 5094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5095 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 5096 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 5097 msgstr ""
 5098 
 5099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5100 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 5101 msgid ""
 5102 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 5103 "manual page."
 5104 msgstr ""
 5105 
 5106 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5107 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 5108 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 5109 msgstr ""
 5110 
 5111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5112 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 5113 msgid ""
 5114 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 5115 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 5116 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 5117 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 5118 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 5119 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 5120 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 5121 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 5122 msgstr ""
 5123 
 5124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5125 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 5126 msgid ""
 5127 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 5128 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 5129 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 5130 msgstr ""
 5131 
 5132 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5133 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 5134 msgid ""
 5135 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 5136 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 5137 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 5138 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 5139 msgstr ""
 5140 
 5141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 5143 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 5144 msgstr ""
 5145 
 5146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5147 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 5148 msgid ""
 5149 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 5150 "processed, all others are ignored."
 5151 msgstr ""
 5152 
 5153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 5155 msgid ""
 5156 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 5157 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 5158 msgstr ""
 5159 
 5160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 5162 msgid "maprule (string)"
 5163 msgstr ""
 5164 
 5165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 5167 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 5168 msgstr ""
 5169 
 5170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5171 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 5172 msgid ""
 5173 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 5174 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 5175 msgstr ""
 5176 
 5177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5178 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 5179 msgid ""
 5180 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 5181 "user with the same name."
 5182 msgstr ""
 5183 
 5184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5185 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 5186 msgid "domains (string)"
 5187 msgstr ""
 5188 
 5189 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5190 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 5191 msgid ""
 5192 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 5193 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 5194 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 5195 "well."
 5196 msgstr ""
 5197 
 5198 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5199 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 5200 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 5201 msgstr ""
 5202 
 5203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5204 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 5205 msgid "priority (integer)"
 5206 msgstr ""
 5207 
 5208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5209 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 5210 msgid ""
 5211 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 5212 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 5213 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 5214 msgstr ""
 5215 
 5216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5217 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 5218 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 5219 msgstr ""
 5220 
 5221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5222 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 5223 msgid ""
 5224 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 5225 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 5226 msgstr ""
 5227 
 5228 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5229 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 5230 msgid ""
 5231 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 5232 "matching user"
 5233 msgstr ""
 5234 
 5235 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5236 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 5237 msgid ""
 5238 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 5239 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 5240 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 5241 "quote>"
 5242 msgstr ""
 5243 
 5244 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5245 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 5246 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 5247 msgstr ""
 5248 
 5249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5250 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 5251 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 5252 msgstr ""
 5253 
 5254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5255 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 5256 msgid ""
 5257 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 5258 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 5259 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 5260 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 5261 "credentials."
 5262 msgstr ""
 5263 
 5264 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5265 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 5266 msgid ""
 5267 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 5268 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 5269 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 5270 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 5271 msgstr ""
 5272 
 5273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5274 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 5275 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 5276 msgstr ""
 5277 
 5278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5279 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 5280 msgid "password_prompt"
 5281 msgstr ""
 5282 
 5283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 5285 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 5286 msgstr ""
 5287 
 5288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 5290 msgid ""
 5291 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 5292 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5293 msgstr ""
 5294 
 5295 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5296 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 5297 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 5298 msgstr ""
 5299 
 5300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5301 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 5302 msgid "first_prompt"
 5303 msgstr ""
 5304 
 5305 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5306 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 5307 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 5308 msgstr ""
 5309 
 5310 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5311 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 5312 msgid "second_prompt"
 5313 msgstr ""
 5314 
 5315 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5316 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 5317 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 5318 msgstr ""
 5319 
 5320 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5321 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 5322 msgid "single_prompt"
 5323 msgstr ""
 5324 
 5325 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5326 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 5327 msgid ""
 5328 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 5329 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 5330 "string"
 5331 msgstr ""
 5332 
 5333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 5335 msgid ""
 5336 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 5337 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5338 msgstr ""
 5339 
 5340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5341 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 5342 msgid ""
 5343 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 5344 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 5345 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 5346 msgstr ""
 5347 
 5348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 5350 msgid ""
 5351 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 5352 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 5353 "for this service."
 5354 msgstr ""
 5355 
 5356 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 5358 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 5359 msgstr ""
 5360 
 5361 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 5362 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 5363 #, no-wrap
 5364 msgid ""
 5365 "[sssd]\n"
 5366 "domains = LDAP\n"
 5367 "services = nss, pam\n"
 5368 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 5369 "\n"
 5370 "[nss]\n"
 5371 "filter_groups = root\n"
 5372 "filter_users = root\n"
 5373 "\n"
 5374 "[pam]\n"
 5375 "\n"
 5376 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 5377 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 5378 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 5379 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 5380 "\n"
 5381 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 5382 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 5383 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 5384 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 5385 "\n"
 5386 "min_id = 10000\n"
 5387 "max_id = 20000\n"
 5388 "enumerate = False\n"
 5389 msgstr ""
 5390 "[sssd]\n"
 5391 "domains = LDAP\n"
 5392 "services = nss, pam\n"
 5393 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 5394 "\n"
 5395 "[nss]\n"
 5396 "filter_groups = root\n"
 5397 "filter_users = root\n"
 5398 "\n"
 5399 "[pam]\n"
 5400 "\n"
 5401 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 5402 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 5403 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 5404 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 5405 "\n"
 5406 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 5407 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 5408 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 5409 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 5410 "\n"
 5411 "min_id = 10000\n"
 5412 "max_id = 20000\n"
 5413 "enumerate = False\n"
 5414 
 5415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 5417 msgid ""
 5418 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 5419 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 5420 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 5421 "id=\"0\"/>"
 5422 msgstr ""
 5423 
 5424 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 5425 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 5426 #, no-wrap
 5427 msgid ""
 5428 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 5429 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 5430 msgstr ""
 5431 
 5432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 5434 msgid ""
 5435 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 5436 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 5437 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 5438 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 5439 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 5440 ">"
 5441 msgstr ""
 5442 
 5443 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 5444 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 5445 #, no-wrap
 5446 msgid ""
 5447 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 5448 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 5449 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 5450 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 5451 "priority = 10\n"
 5452 "\n"
 5453 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 5454 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 5455 msgstr ""
 5456 
 5457 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5458 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 5459 msgid ""
 5460 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 5461 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 5462 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 5463 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 5464 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 5465 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 5466 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5467 msgstr ""
 5468 
 5469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 5470 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 5471 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 5472 msgstr "sssd-ldap"
 5473 
 5474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 5475 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 5476 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 5477 msgstr "SSSD LDAP-Anbieter"
 5478 
 5479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5480 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 5481 msgid ""
 5482 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 5483 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 5484 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 5485 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5486 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 5487 msgstr ""
 5488 "Diese Handbuchseite beschreibt die Konfiguration von LDAP-Domains für "
 5489 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 5490 "</citerefentry>. Detaillierte Syntax-Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt "
 5491 "»DATEIFORMAT« der Handbuchseite <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
 5492 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 5493 
 5494 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5495 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 5496 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 5497 msgstr ""
 5498 "Sie können SSSD so konfigurieren, dass es mehr als eine LDAP-Domain benutzt."
 5499 
 5500 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5501 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 5502 msgid ""
 5503 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 5504 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 5505 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 5506 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 5507 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 5508 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 5509 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 5510 msgstr ""
 5511 "Das LDAP-Backend unterstützt ID-, Authentifizierungs-, Zugriffs- und Chpass-"
 5512 "Anbieter. Falls Sie sich bei einem LDAP-Server authentifizieren möchten, "
 5513 "wird entweder TLS/SSL oder LDAPS benötigt. <command>sssd</command> "
 5514 "unterstützt <emphasis>keine</emphasis> Authentifizierung über einen "
 5515 "unverschlüsselten Kanal. Falls der LDAP-Server nur als Identitätsanbieter "
 5516 "benutzt wird, wird kein verschlüsselter Kanal benötigt. Weitere "
 5517 "Informationen über die Verwendung von LDAP als Zugriffsanbieter finden Sie "
 5518 "unter »ldap_access_filter«."
 5519 
 5520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5521 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 5522 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 5523 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 5524 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 5525 msgstr "KONFIGURATIONSOPTIONEN"
 5526 
 5527 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5528 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 5529 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 5530 msgstr "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (Zeichenkette)"
 5531 
 5532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5533 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 5534 msgid ""
 5535 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5536 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5537 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5538 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5539 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5540 msgstr ""
 5541 "gibt eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste der LDAP-Server-URIs in der "
 5542 "Reihenfolge an, in der sich SSSD mit ihnen verbinden soll. Weitere "
 5543 "Informationen über Ausfallsicherung und Redundanz finden Sie im Abschnitt "
 5544 "»AUSFALLSICHERUNG«. Falls keine Option angegeben wurde, wird die Dienstsuche "
 5545 "aktiviert. Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt »DIENSTSUCHE«."
 5546 
 5547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5548 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5549 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5550 msgstr ""
 5551 "Das Format der URI muss dem in RFC 2732 definierten Format entsprechen:"
 5552 
 5553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5554 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5555 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5556 msgstr "ldap[s]://&lt;Rechner&gt;[:Port]"
 5557 
 5558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5559 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5560 msgid ""
 5561 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5562 msgstr ""
 5563 "Wenn Sie explizit IPv6-Adressen verwenden möchten, muss &lt;Rechner&gt; in "
 5564 "eckigen Klammern [] stehen."
 5565 
 5566 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5567 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5568 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5569 msgstr "Beispiel: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5570 
 5571 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5572 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5573 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5574 msgstr "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (Zeichenkette)"
 5575 
 5576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5577 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5578 msgid ""
 5579 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5580 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5581 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5582 "failover and server redundancy."
 5583 msgstr ""
 5584 "gibt eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit "
 5585 "denen SSSD sich in dieser Reihenfolge verbinden soll, um das Passwort eines "
 5586 "Benutzers zu ändern. Weitere Informationen über Ausfallsicherung und "
 5587 "Redundanz finden Sie im Abschnitt »AUSFALLSICHERUNG«. "
 5588 
 5589 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5590 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5591 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5592 msgstr ""
 5593 "Um die Dienstsuche zu aktivieren, muss »ldap_chpass_dns_service_name« "
 5594 "gesetzt sein."
 5595 
 5596 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5597 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5598 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5599 msgstr "Voreinstellung: leer, d.h., dass »ldap_uri« benutzt wird"
 5600 
 5601 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5602 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5603 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5604 msgstr "ldap_search_base (Zeichenkette)"
 5605 
 5606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5607 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5608 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5609 msgstr ""
 5610 "der Standardbasis-Domain-Name, der zur Durchführung von LDAP-"
 5611 "Benutzeraktionen benutzt wird"
 5612 
 5613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5614 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5615 msgid ""
 5616 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5617 "syntax:"
 5618 msgstr ""
 5619 "Beginnend mit SSSD 1.7.0 unterstützt SSSD mehrere Suchgrundlagen mittels der "
 5620 "Syntax:"
 5621 
 5622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5623 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5624 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5625 msgstr ""
 5626 "search_base[?Gültigkeitsbereich?[Filter][?search_base?Gültigkeitsbereich?"
 5627 "[Filter]]*]"
 5628 
 5629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5630 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5631 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5632 msgstr ""
 5633 "Der Gültigkeitsbereich kann entweder »base«, »onelevel« oder »subtree« sein."
 5634 
 5635 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5636 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5637 msgid ""
 5638 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5639 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5640 msgstr ""
 5641 "Der Filter muss ein gültiger LDAP-Suchfilter, wie durch http://www.ietf.org/"
 5642 "rfc/rfc2254.txt spezifiziert, sein."
 5643 
 5644 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5645 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5646 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5647 msgid "Examples:"
 5648 msgstr "Beispiele:"
 5649 
 5650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5651 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5652 msgid ""
 5653 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5654 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5655 msgstr ""
 5656 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (dies entspricht)  ldap_search_base = "
 5657 "dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5658 
 5659 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5660 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5661 msgid ""
 5662 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5663 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5664 msgstr ""
 5665 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=Beispiel,dc=com?Unterverzeichnis?"
 5666 "(host=Dieser_Rechner)?dc=example.com?Unterverzeichnis?"
 5667 
 5668 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5669 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5670 msgid ""
 5671 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5672 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5673 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5674 "machines."
 5675 msgstr ""
 5676 "Hinweis: Mehrere Suchgrundlagen, die sich auf Objekte mit gleichem Namen "
 5677 "beziehen, werden nicht unterstützt (zum Beispiel Gruppen mit demselben Namen "
 5678 "in zwei unterschiedlichen Suchgrundlagen). Dies wird zu unvorhersehbarem "
 5679 "Verhalten auf Client-Rechnern führen."
 5680 
 5681 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5682 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5683 msgid ""
 5684 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5685 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5686 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5687 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5688 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5689 "are not supported."
 5690 msgstr ""
 5691 "Voreinstellung: Falls nicht gesetzt, wird der Wert der Attribute "
 5692 "»defaultNamingContext« oder »namingContexts« vom RootDSE des LDAP-Servers "
 5693 "benutzt. Falls »defaultNamingContext« nicht existiert oder ihr Wert leer "
 5694 "ist, wird »namingContexts« verwendet. Das Attribut »namingContexts« muss "
 5695 "einen einzelnen Wert mit dem Domain-Namen der Suchgrundlage des LDAP-Servers "
 5696 "haben, damit dies funktioniert. Mehrere Werte werden nicht unterstützt."
 5697 
 5698 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5699 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5700 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5701 msgstr "ldap_schema (Zeichenkette)"
 5702 
 5703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5704 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5705 msgid ""
 5706 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5707 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5708 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5709 msgstr ""
 5710 "gibt den Schematyp an, der gerade auf dem Ziel-LDAP-Server benutzt wird. "
 5711 "Abhängig vom ausgewählten Schema können sich die von den Servern geholten "
 5712 "Standardattributnamen stark unterscheiden. Die Art, wie einige Attribute "
 5713 "gehandhabt werden, kann sich ebenfalls unterscheiden."
 5714 
 5715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5716 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5717 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5718 msgstr "Derzeit werden vier Schematypen unterstützt:"
 5719 
 5720 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5721 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5722 msgid "rfc2307"
 5723 msgstr "rfc2307"
 5724 
 5725 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5726 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5727 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5728 msgstr "rfc2307bis"
 5729 
 5730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5731 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5732 msgid "IPA"
 5733 msgstr "IPA"
 5734 
 5735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5736 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5737 msgid "AD"
 5738 msgstr "AD"
 5739 
 5740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5741 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5742 msgid ""
 5743 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5744 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5745 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5746 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5747 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5748 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5749 msgstr ""
 5750 "Der Hauptunterschied zwischen diesen Schematypen besteht darin, wie "
 5751 "Gruppenmitgliedschaften auf dem Server aufgezeichnet werden. Mit »rfc2307« "
 5752 "werden Gruppenmitglieder nach Namen im Attribut <emphasis>memberUid</"
 5753 "emphasis> aufgeführt. Mit »rfc2307bis« bis »IPA« werden die "
 5754 "Gruppenmitglieder nach Domain-Namen aufgeführt und im Attribut "
 5755 "<emphasis>member</emphasis> gespeichert. Der Schematyp »AD« setzt die "
 5756 "Attribute passend zu den Werten von Active Directory 2008r2."
 5757 
 5758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5759 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5760 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5761 msgstr "Voreinstellung: rfc2307"
 5762 
 5763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5764 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5765 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5766 msgstr ""
 5767 
 5768 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5769 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5770 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5771 msgstr ""
 5772 
 5773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5774 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5775 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5776 msgstr ""
 5777 
 5778 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5779 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5780 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5781 msgstr ""
 5782 
 5783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5784 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5785 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5786 msgstr ""
 5787 
 5788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5789 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5790 msgid ""
 5791 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5792 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5793 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5794 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5795 msgstr ""
 5796 
 5797 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5798 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5799 msgid "Default: exop"
 5800 msgstr ""
 5801 
 5802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5803 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5804 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5805 msgstr "ldap_default_bind_dn (Zeichenkette)"
 5806 
 5807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5808 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5809 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5810 msgstr ""
 5811 "der Standard-Bind-Domain-Name, der zum Durchführen von LDAP-Aktionen benutzt "
 5812 "wird"
 5813 
 5814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5815 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5816 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5817 msgstr "ldap_default_authtok_type (Zeichenkette)"
 5818 
 5819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5820 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5821 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5822 msgstr "der Typ des Authentifizierungs-Tokens des Standard-Bind-Domain-Namens"
 5823 
 5824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5825 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5826 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5827 msgstr "Die beiden derzeit unterstützten Mechanismen sind:"
 5828 
 5829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5830 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5831 msgid "password"
 5832 msgstr "password"
 5833 
 5834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5835 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5836 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5837 msgstr "obfuscated_password"
 5838 
 5839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5840 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5841 msgid "Default: password"
 5842 msgstr "Voreinstellung: password"
 5843 
 5844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5845 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5846 msgid ""
 5847 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5848 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5849 msgstr ""
 5850 
 5851 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5852 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5853 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5854 msgstr "ldap_default_authtok (Zeichenkette)"
 5855 
 5856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5857 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5858 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5859 msgstr ""
 5860 
 5861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5862 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5863 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5864 msgstr "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (Boolesch)"
 5865 
 5866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5867 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5868 msgid ""
 5869 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5870 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5871 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5872 "realm."
 5873 msgstr ""
 5874 "Einige Verzeichnisserver, zum Beispiel Active Directory, könnten den Realm-"
 5875 "Teil der UPN in Kleinbuchstaben liefern, was zum Scheitern der "
 5876 "Authentifizierung führen kann. Setzen Sie diese Option auf einen Wert "
 5877 "ungleich Null, falls Sie einen Realm in Großbuchstaben wünschen."
 5878 
 5879 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5880 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5881 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5882 msgstr "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 5883 
 5884 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5885 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5886 msgid ""
 5887 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5888 "enumerated records."
 5889 msgstr ""
 5890 "gibt an, wie viele Sekunden lang SSSD warten soll, bevor es seinen "
 5891 "Zwischenspeicher aufgezählter Datensätze aktualisiert."
 5892 
 5893 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5894 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5895 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5896 msgstr "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 5897 
 5898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5899 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5900 msgid ""
 5901 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5902 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5903 "space."
 5904 msgstr ""
 5905 "bestimmt, wie oft der Zwischenspeicher auf inaktive Einträge überprüft wird "
 5906 "(wie Gruppen ohne Mitglieder und Benutzer, die sich noch nie angemeldet "
 5907 "haben) und diese entfernt werden, um Platz zu sparen."
 5908 
 5909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5910 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5911 msgid ""
 5912 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5913 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5914 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5915 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5916 msgstr ""
 5917 
 5918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5919 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5920 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5921 msgstr "ldap_group_nesting_level (Ganzzahl)"
 5922 
 5923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5924 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5925 msgid ""
 5926 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5927 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5928 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5929 msgstr ""
 5930 "Falls »ldap_schema« auf ein Format gesetzt ist, das verschachtelte Gruppen "
 5931 "(z.B. RFC2307bis) unterstützt, dann steuert diese Option, wie viele Stufen "
 5932 "tief SSSD der Verschachtelung folgt. Diese Option hat keine Auswirkungen auf "
 5933 "das Schema RFC2307."
 5934 
 5935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5936 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5937 msgid ""
 5938 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5939 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5940 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5941 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5942 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5943 msgstr ""
 5944 "Hinweis: Diese Option gibt die garantierte Tiefe verschachtelter Gruppen an, "
 5945 "die bei Suchvorgängen verarbeitet werden soll. Dennoch <emphasis>können</"
 5946 "emphasis> auch tiefer verschachtelte Gruppen einbezogen werden, falls bei "
 5947 "früheren Suchvorgängen die tieferen Ebenen bereits einmal berücksichtigt "
 5948 "wurden. Außerdem können folgende Suchvorgänge für andere Gruppen die "
 5949 "Ergebnisse des ursprünglichen Suchvorgangs vergrößern, wenn die Suche erneut "
 5950 "erfolgt."
 5951 
 5952 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5953 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5954 msgid ""
 5955 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 5956 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 5957 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 5958 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 5959 "restrict group nesting."
 5960 msgstr ""
 5961 
 5962 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5963 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 5964 msgid "Default: 2"
 5965 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 2"
 5966 
 5967 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5968 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 5969 msgid ""
 5970 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 5971 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 5972 msgstr ""
 5973 "Diese Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren die Verwendung des Token-Gruppen-"
 5974 "Attributs, wenn »initgroup« für Benutzers des Active Directory Servers 2008 "
 5975 "und neuere Versionen ausgeführt wird."
 5976 
 5977 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5978 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 5979 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 5980 msgstr ""
 5981 
 5982 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5983 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 5984 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 5985 msgstr ""
 5986 
 5987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5988 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 5989 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 5990 msgstr ""
 5991 "optional, verwendet die angegebene Zeichenkette als Suchgrundlage für "
 5992 "Rechnerobjekte"
 5993 
 5994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5995 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 5996 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 5997 msgid ""
 5998 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 5999 "multiple search bases."
 6000 msgstr ""
 6001 "Informationen über das Konfigurieren mehrerer Suchgrundlagen finden Sie "
 6002 "unter »ldap_search_base«."
 6003 
 6004 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 6005 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 6006 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 6007 msgstr "Voreinstellung: der Wert von <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 6008 
 6009 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6010 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 6011 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 6012 msgstr "ldap_service_search_base (Zeichenkette)"
 6013 
 6014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6015 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 6016 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 6017 msgstr ""
 6018 
 6019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6020 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 6021 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 6022 msgstr ""
 6023 
 6024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6025 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 6026 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 6027 msgstr "ldap_search_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 6028 
 6029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6030 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 6031 msgid ""
 6032 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 6033 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 6034 "is entered)"
 6035 msgstr ""
 6036 "gibt den Zeitpunkt der Zeitüberschreitung (in Sekunden) an, bis zu dem LDAP-"
 6037 "Suchen laufen dürfen, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten "
 6038 "Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und in den Offline-Modus gegangen wird)."
 6039 
 6040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6041 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 6042 msgid ""
 6043 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 6044 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 6045 "lookup types."
 6046 msgstr ""
 6047 "Hinweis: Diese Option ist in zukünftigen Versionen von SSSD Gegenstand von "
 6048 "Änderungen. Sie wird wahrscheinlich an einigen Stellen durch Serien von "
 6049 "Zeitüberschreitungspunkten für spezielle Nachschlagetypen ersetzt."
 6050 
 6051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6052 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 6053 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 6054 msgstr "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 6055 
 6056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6057 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 6058 msgid ""
 6059 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 6060 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 6061 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 6062 msgstr ""
 6063 "gibt den Zeitpunkt der Zeitüberschreitung (in Sekunden) an, bis zu dem LDAP-"
 6064 "Suchen nach Benutzer- und Gruppenaufzählungen laufen dürfen, bevor sie "
 6065 "abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden "
 6066 "(und in den Offline-Modus gegangen wird)."
 6067 
 6068 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6069 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 6070 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 6071 msgstr "ldap_network_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 6072 
 6073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6074 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 6075 msgid ""
 6076 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 6077 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 6078 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 6079 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 6080 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 6081 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 6082 msgstr ""
 6083 "gibt den Zeitpunkt der Zeitüberschreitung (in Sekunden) an, nach dem "
 6084 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> "
 6085 "</citerefentry>/<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> "
 6086 "<manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry> gefolgt von einem <citerefentry> "
 6087 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 6088 "citerefentry> zurückkehrt, falls keine Aktivität stattfindet."
 6089 
 6090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6091 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 6092 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 6093 msgstr "ldap_opt_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 6094 
 6095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6096 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 6097 msgid ""
 6098 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 6099 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 6100 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 6101 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 6102 msgstr ""
 6103 
 6104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6105 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 6106 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 6107 msgstr "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (Ganzzahl)"
 6108 
 6109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6110 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 6111 msgid ""
 6112 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 6113 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 6114 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 6115 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 6116 msgstr ""
 6117 "gibt den Zeitpunkt der Zeitüberschreitung (in Sekunden) an, bis zu dem eine "
 6118 "Verbindung zu einem LDAP-Server aufrechterhalten wird. Nach dieser Zeit wird "
 6119 "die Verbindung erneut aufgebaut. Wird dies parallel zu SASL/GSSAPI benutzt, "
 6120 "wird der frühere der beiden Werte (dieser Wert gegenüber der TGT-"
 6121 "Lebensdauer) verwendet."
 6122 
 6123 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6124 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 6125 msgid ""
 6126 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 6127 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 6128 msgstr ""
 6129 
 6130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6131 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 6132 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 6133 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 900 (15 Minuten)"
 6134 
 6135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6136 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 6137 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 6138 msgstr ""
 6139 
 6140 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6141 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 6142 msgid ""
 6143 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 6144 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 6145 msgstr ""
 6146 
 6147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6148 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 6149 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 6150 msgstr "ldap_page_size (Ganzzahl)"
 6151 
 6152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6153 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 6154 msgid ""
 6155 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 6156 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 6157 msgstr ""
 6158 "gibt die Anzahl der Datensätze an, die in einer einzelnen Anfrage von LDAP "
 6159 "empfangen werden. Einige LDAP-Server erzwingen eine Begrenzung des Maximums "
 6160 "pro Anfrage."
 6161 
 6162 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6163 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 6164 msgid "Default: 1000"
 6165 msgstr "Voreinstellung: 1000"
 6166 
 6167 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6168 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 6169 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 6170 msgstr "ldap_disable_paging (Boolesch)"
 6171 
 6172 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6173 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 6174 msgid ""
 6175 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 6176 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 6177 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 6178 msgstr ""
 6179 "deaktiviert die Seitenadressierungssteuerung von LDAP. Diese Option sollte "
 6180 "benutzt werden, falls der LDAP-Server meldet, dass er die LDAP-"
 6181 "Seitenadressierungssteuerung in seinem RootDSE unterstützt, sie jedoch "
 6182 "deaktiviert ist oder sich nicht ordnungsgemäß verhält."
 6183 
 6184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6185 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 6186 msgid ""
 6187 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 6188 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 6189 msgstr ""
 6190 "Beispiel: OpenLDAP-Server, bei denen das Seitenadressierungssteuerungsmodul "
 6191 "installiert, aber nicht aktiviert ist, werden es im RootDSE melden, sind "
 6192 "aber nicht in der Lage, es zu benutzen."
 6193 
 6194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6195 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 6196 msgid ""
 6197 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 6198 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 6199 "requests being denied."
 6200 msgstr ""
 6201 "Beispiel: 389 DS hat einen Fehler, durch den es gleichzeitig nur eine "
 6202 "einzige Seitenadressierungssteuerung für eine einzelne Verbindung benutzen "
 6203 "kann. Bei ausgelasteten Clients kann dies dazu führen, dass manche Anfragen "
 6204 "abgelehnt werden."
 6205 
 6206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6207 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 6208 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 6209 msgstr "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (Boolesch)"
 6210 
 6211 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6212 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 6213 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 6214 msgstr "deaktiviert die Bereichsabfrage von Active Directory"
 6215 
 6216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6217 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 6218 msgid ""
 6219 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 6220 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 6221 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 6222 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 6223 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 6224 msgstr ""
 6225 "Active Directory begrenzt die Anzahl der Mitglieder, die in einem einzigen "
 6226 "Nachschlagen mittels der MaxValRange-Richtlinie empfangen werden können (die "
 6227 "Voreinstellung sind 1.500 Mitglieder). Falls eine Gruppe mehr Mitglieder "
 6228 "enthält, wird die Antwort eine AD-spezifische Bereichserweiterung enthalten. "
 6229 "Diese Option deaktiviert das Auswerten der Bereichserweiterung, daher wird "
 6230 "es so aussehen, als ob große Gruppen keine Mitglieder hätten."
 6231 
 6232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6233 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 6234 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 6235 msgstr "ldap_sasl_minssf (Ganzzahl)"
 6236 
 6237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6238 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 6239 msgid ""
 6240 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 6241 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 6242 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 6243 msgstr ""
 6244 "Wenn mittels SASL mit einem LDAP-Server kommuniziert wird, gibt dies die "
 6245 "mindestens nötige Sicherheitsstufe zum Herstellen der Verbindung an. Die "
 6246 "Werte dieser Option werden durch OpenLDAP definiert."
 6247 
 6248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6249 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 6250 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 6251 msgstr ""
 6252 "Voreinstellung: verwendet die Voreinstellungen des System (normalerweise in "
 6253 "»ldap.conf« angegeben)"
 6254 
 6255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6256 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 6257 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 6258 msgstr ""
 6259 
 6260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6261 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 6262 msgid ""
 6263 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
 6264 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 6265 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 6266 msgstr ""
 6267 
 6268 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6269 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
 6270 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
 6271 msgstr "ldap_deref_threshold (Ganzzahl)"
 6272 
 6273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6274 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
 6275 msgid ""
 6276 "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
 6277 "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
 6278 "they are looked up individually."
 6279 msgstr ""
 6280 "gibt die Anzahl der Gruppenmitglieder an, die aus dem internen "
 6281 "Zwischenspeicher fehlen muss, um ein dereferenzierendes Nachschlagen "
 6282 "auszulösen. Falls weniger Mitglieder fehlen, werden sie individuell "
 6283 "nachgeschlagen."
 6284 
 6285 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6286 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:658
 6287 msgid ""
 6288 "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
 6289 "Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
 6290 "provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
 6291 "dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
 6292 "the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
 6293 "object."
 6294 msgstr ""
 6295 
 6296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6297 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
 6298 msgid ""
 6299 "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
 6300 "LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
 6301 "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
 6302 "Directory."
 6303 msgstr ""
 6304 "Dereferenzierendes Nachschlagen ist ein Mittel, um alle Gruppenmitglieder in "
 6305 "einem einzigen LDAP-Aufruf abzuholen. Verschiedene LDAP-Server können "
 6306 "unterschiedliche Methoden zum Dereferenzieren implementieren. Die derzeit "
 6307 "unterstützten Server sind 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP und Active Directory."
 6308 
 6309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6310 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:677
 6311 msgid ""
 6312 "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
 6313 "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
 6314 "regardl